-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----
Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR
Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov
Originator-Key-Asymmetric:
 MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen
 TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB
MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA,
 NSGg+/XkYdfzcJwvUKu5VRLHC/q+fEXsd1CwcreIlRzagWTtru9Z74LnLNuPltSr
 KArE+2Jhyy13BAq0e3qDCQ==

<SEC-DOCUMENT>0000065201-03-000004.txt : 20030428
<SEC-HEADER>0000065201-03-000004.hdr.sgml : 20030428
<ACCEPTANCE-DATETIME>20030428130908
ACCESSION NUMBER:		0000065201-03-000004
CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE:	10-K
PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT:		14
CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT:	20030131
FILED AS OF DATE:		20030428

FILER:

	COMPANY DATA:	
		COMPANY CONFORMED NAME:			MET PRO CORP
		CENTRAL INDEX KEY:			0000065201
		STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION:	INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL FANS & BLOWERS & AIR PURIFYING EQUIP [3564]
		IRS NUMBER:				231683282
		STATE OF INCORPORATION:			DE
		FISCAL YEAR END:			0131

	FILING VALUES:
		FORM TYPE:		10-K
		SEC ACT:		1934 Act
		SEC FILE NUMBER:	001-07763
		FILM NUMBER:		03666272

	BUSINESS ADDRESS:	
		STREET 1:		160 CASSELL ROAD
		CITY:			HARLEYSVILLE
		STATE:			PA
		ZIP:			19438
		BUSINESS PHONE:		2157236751

	MAIL ADDRESS:	
		STREET 1:		160 CASSELL ROAD
		STREET 2:		BOX 144
		CITY:			HARLEYSVILLE
		STATE:			PA
		ZIP:			19438

	FORMER COMPANY:	
		FORMER CONFORMED NAME:	MET PRO INC
		DATE OF NAME CHANGE:	19661026

	FORMER COMPANY:	
		FORMER CONFORMED NAME:	MET PRO WATER TREATMENT CORP
		DATE OF NAME CHANGE:	19740924
</SEC-HEADER>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>10-K
<SEQUENCE>1
<FILENAME>fye03-10k.txt
<DESCRIPTION>10K
<TEXT>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K
              [X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                                       or
              [ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For fiscal year ended: January 31, 2003         Commission file number 001-07763

                               MET-PRO CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

               Delaware                                    23-1683282
    (State or other jurisdiction of                     (I.R.S. Employer
     incorporation or organization)                     Identification No.)

   160 Cassell Road, P. O. Box 144
      Harleysville, Pennsylvania                             19438
(Address of principal executive offices)                  (Zip Code)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (215) 723-6751

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                     Name of each exchange on
          Title of each class                            which registered
          -------------------                            ----------------
Common Stock, par value $0.10 per share              New York Stock Exchange

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.10 per share
           (Title of Class)

        Indicate by check mark whether the  Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X  No
                                             ---   ---

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of  delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of the  Registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in  Part  III of the  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K.  X
                             ---

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an  accelerated  filer (as
defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes X  No
                                      ---    ---

        State the  aggregate  market value of the voting and  non-voting  common
equity held by  non-affiliates  computed by  reference to the price at which the
common  equity was last sold,  or the average of the bid and asked price of such
common  equity,  as of the last business day of the  registrant's  most recently
completed second fiscal quarter: $78,291,983

        The number of shares  outstanding of the  Registrant's  Common Stock was
6,216,369 as of April 18, 2003.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

                                                                      Form 10-K
                                                                     Part Number
                                                                     -----------
        Portions of Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement filed
pursuant to Regulation 14A in connection with Registrant's Annual
Meeting ofStockholders to be held on June 11, 2003.......................III
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            INDEX
                                                                                                                           Page
PART I                                                                                                                     ----
<S>      <C>      <C>                                                                                                       <C>
         Item 1.  Business.................................................................................................  1
         Item 2.  Properties...............................................................................................  8
         Item 3.  Legal Proceedings........................................................................................  9
         Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders......................................................  9

PART II
         Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.................................... 10
         Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.................................................................................. 11
         Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.................... 12
         Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risks............................................... 16
         Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.............................................................. 16
         Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure..................... 37

PART III
         Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant....................................................... 37
         Item 11. Executive Compensation................................................................................... 37
         Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management........................................... 37
         Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions........................................................... 37

PART IV
         Item 14. Controls and Procedures.................................................................................. 38
         Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.......................................... 38

SIGNATURES................................................................................................................. 39
</TABLE>

<PAGE>




































<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS

Met-Pro's prospects are subject to certain  uncertainties and risks. This Annual
Report on Form 10-K also contains certain forward-looking  statements within the
meaning of the Federal  securities  laws.  Met-Pro's  future  results may differ
materially from its current  results and actual results could differ  materially
from those  projected in the  forward-looking  statements as a result of certain
risk factors.  Readers  should pay  particular  attention to the  considerations
described in the section of this report  entitled  "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations - Factors that May
Affect Future  Results."  Readers should also carefully  review the risk factors
described  in the  other  documents  Met-Pro  files  from  time to time with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                     PART I

Item 1. Business:

General:

        Met-Pro  Corporation  ("Met-Pro" or the "Company"),  incorporated in the
State  of  Delaware  on  March  30,  1966,   manufactures   and  sells   product
recovery/pollution  control  equipment for purification of air and liquids,  and
fluid handling equipment for corrosive,  abrasive and high temperature  liquids.
The  Company,  which  operates  through  ten  divisions  and  five  wholly-owned
subsidiaries,  markets  and  sells  its  products  through  its  own  personnel,
distributors,  representatives  and agents based on the  division or  subsidiary
involved.  The  Company's  products are sold  worldwide  primarily in industrial
markets.  The  Company  was  taken  public  on April 6,  1967 and  traded on the
American  Stock  Exchange  from July 25, 1978 until June 18, 1998, at which time
the Company's  Common Stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange,  where
it currently trades under the symbol "MPR".

        The  Company's  principal  executive  offices are located at 160 Cassell
Road,  Harleysville,  Pennsylvania  and the telephone number at that location is
(215) 723-6751. Our web site address is www.met-pro.com.

        We will endeavor to make available on our web site our Annual Reports on
Form 10-K, our Quarterly  Reports on Form 10-Q, and our Current  Reports on Form
8-K,  as soon as  reasonably  practicable  after we  electronically  file  these
reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), beginning with this
Annual  Report  on Form  10-K,  which is being  filed on April 28,  2003.  Other
reports  that we filed  during our fiscal  year ended  January 31, 2003 with SEC
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 may at present be accessed through our
web site.

        Except where otherwise indicated by the context used herein,  references
to the  "Company",  "we",  "our"  and "us"  refer to  Met-Pro  Corporation,  its
divisions and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.


Products, Services and Markets:

        The Company  operates in two  segments,  the Product  Recovery/Pollution
Control  Equipment  Segment  and  the  Fluid  Handling  Equipment  Segment.  For
financial information  concerning the Company's industry segments,  reference is
made to  "Consolidated  Business  Segment Data"  contained  within the Company's
Consolidated  Financial Statements that form a part of this Report on Form 10-K.
A narrative description of the Company's operations within these two segments is
as follows:

        Product Recovery/Pollution Control Equipment Segment

        This  segment  is  composed  of the  following  seven  divisions  and/or
subsidiaries of the Company: Flex-Kleen Division;  Stiles-Kem Division; Pristine
Hydrochemical  Inc.; Sethco Division;  Strobic Air Corporation;  Duall Division;
and Systems Division.

        Flex-Kleen  Division,  located in Itasca,  Illinois,  operating with the
Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, Flex-Kleen Canada Inc., is a leading supplier
of product  recovery and dry  particulate  collectors that are used primarily in
the process of manufacturing  food products and  pharmaceuticals.  While some of
Flex-Kleen's  products are also used for nuisance  collection of particulates to
conform  to  environmental  concerns,  the  overwhelming  portion  of its  sales
activity  is  for  product   collection  and  is  process  driven.  At  present,
Flex-Kleen's  products are sold through 77 manufacturer's  representatives in 37
offices located across the United States and 12  manufacturer's  representatives
located in four offices throughout Canada.

                                       1
<PAGE>

        Stiles-Kem  Division,  located  in  Waukegan,  Illinois,  is  a  leading
manufacturer of safe and reliable water treatment compounds which have been used
in the public  drinking  water  industry for 48 years.  Stiles-Kem  products are
designed to  eliminate  problems  created by high iron and  manganese  levels in
municipal water systems and to reduce scaling and general  corrosion  tendencies
within water distribution piping systems. These food grade products are NSF/ANSI
approved for health  considerations in municipal drinking water supplies and are
certified to meet existing state and federal  guidelines.  The products are sold
both directly  through regional sales  representatives  and through a network of
distributors located in the United States and Canada.

        Pristine  Hydrochemical Inc., located in Williston,  North Dakota, sells
the Pristine Polymer product line with its patented  chlorine dioxide  treatment
program.  This product line improves  water  clarity,  reduces sludge volume and
also helps customers reduce trihalomethane, as required by the EPA. In addition,
Pristine sells boiler and water cooling chemicals and services to industrial and
commercial markets allowing customers to maximize their heat transfer efficiency
and save operating revenues through energy  conservation.  The products are sold
directly  through regional sales  representatives  located in the United States.
The business of Pristine was acquired by the Company in May 2002.

        Sethco Division, located on Long Island, New York, designs, manufactures
and sells  corrosion  resistant  pumps,  filter chambers and filter systems with
flow  rates  to  about  200  gallons  per  minute.  These  products  are used in
wastewater treatment systems and fume scrubbers for pollution control.  They are
also widely used in the metal  finishing,  electronics  and chemical  processing
industries.  Sethco's  products  are sold  through  a network  of  non-exclusive
distributors, as well as to catalog houses and original equipment manufacturers.
Our products are sold internationally through our Mefiag B.V. subsidiary.

        Strobic Air Corporation, located in Harleysville, Pennsylvania, designs,
manufactures  and holds  patents on specialty  blowers and  industrial  fans for
industrial   applications   including   university   laboratories,    hospitals,
semiconductor manufacturers, government laboratories,  pharmaceutical, chemical,
petrochemical plants and other testing laboratory facilities. Sales, engineering
and  customer  service  are  provided  through a network  of 225  manufacturer's
representatives located throughout the United States and Canada.

        Duall Division,  located in Owosso,  Michigan, is a leading manufacturer
of  industrial  and  municipal  air  and  water  quality  control  systems.  The
Division's major products  include odor control systems,  fume and emergency gas
scrubbers,  particulate collectors, air strippers, ducting and exhaust fans. All
equipment is fabricated  from corrosion  resistant  materials.  Duall's  support
services  include  pilot  studies,  engineering,  installation  and  performance
testing.  Duall products are sold both domestically and  internationally  to the
metal finishing,  wastewater treatment,  composting, food processing,  chemical,
printed  circuit,  semiconductor,   steel  pickling,   pharmaceutical,   battery
manufacturing  and  groundwater  remediation  markets.  At  present,  90 factory
trained  manufacturer's  representatives  sell  Duall's  engineered  systems  to
industrial and municipal clients.

        Systems Division,  located in Kulpsville,  Pennsylvania,  is a leader in
the supply of custom designed and manufactured  air and water pollution  control
equipment. Systems Division's air pollution control capabilities include: carbon
adsorption  systems for the  concentration  and  recovery of volatile  solvents,
thermal and catalytic  oxidation systems and the supply of abatement  catalysts.
These systems are custom engineered for clients in the automotive, aerospace and
furniture industries. Additional applications include painting,  pharmaceutical,
chemical, electronics, food processing and printing industries. Systems Division
also offers a full range of catalyst  products for the oxidation of  pollutants,
which  include  catalysts  for  the  oxidation  of  chlorinated  solvents,   low
temperature   oxidation   catalysts  and  a  catalyst   specially  designed  for
regenerative catalytic oxidizer applications.

        Fluid Handling Equipment Segment

        This  segment  is  composed  of  the  following  four  divisions  and/or
subsidiaries  of the  Company:  Mefiag;  Keystone  Filter  Division;  Dean  Pump
Division; and Fybroc Division.

        Mefiag(R),  operating with the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, Mefiag
B.V.,  located  in  Heerenveen,  Holland,  and the Mefiag  Division,  located in
Harleysville,  Pennsylvania,  designs and manufactures  filter systems utilizing
horizontal  disc  technology  for  superior  performance,  particularly  in high
efficiency  and  high-flow  applications.  Mefiag(R)  filters are used in tough,
corrosive  applications in the plating, metal finishing and printing industries.
Worldwide sales are accomplished  through qualified,  market-based  distributors
and original  equipment  manufacturers  located  throughout  Europe,  the United
States, Asia and other major markets throughout the world.

        Keystone  Filter  Division,  located in  Hatfield,  Pennsylvania,  is an
established custom pleater and cartridge  manufacturer in the United States. The
Division  provides custom  designed and engineered  products which are currently
used  in a  diversity  of  applications  such  as the  nuclear  power  industry,
components in medical  equipment and in indoor air quality  equipment.  Keystone
Filter also provides  standard  filters for water  purification  and  industrial
applications.  Sales and customer  service are provided  through a non-exclusive
distributor network.

                                       2
<PAGE>

        Dean Pump  Division,  located  in  Indianapolis,  Indiana,  designs  and
manufactures  high  quality  pumps  that  handle  a broad  range  of  industrial
applications.   Users   such   as   the   chemical,   petrochemical,   refinery,
pharmaceutical,  plastics, pulp and paper, and food processing industries choose
Dean Pump products  particularly  for their high temperature  applications.  The
Division's   products  are  sold  worldwide  through  an  extensive  network  of
distributors.

        Fybroc Division, located in Telford,  Pennsylvania, is a world leader in
the  manufacture of fiberglass  reinforced  plastic ("FRP")  centrifugal  pumps.
These  pumps  provide  excellent  corrosion  resistance  for tough  applications
including  pumping of acids,  brines,  caustics,  bleaches,  seawater and a wide
variety of waste liquids.  Fybroc's second generation epoxy resin,  EY-2, allows
the Company to offer the first  corrosion  resistant  and high  temperature  FRP
thermoset  pumps  suitable  for solvent  applications.  The EY-2  material  also
expands Fybroc's pumping  capabilities to include certain acid applications such
as high concentration sulfuric acid (75-98%).  During the year, Fybroc continued
to expand the FRP  centrifugal  magnetic  drive pump line which now offers  five
sizes available in both our standard vinyl ester resin and our EY-2 epoxy resin.
We have also added three  additional sizes to the metric version of this pump in
order to attract and expand our international product coverage. Fybroc pumps are
sold to many markets  including the chemical,  steel,  pulp and paper,  electric
utility,  aquaculture,  aquarium,  and industrial and municipal  waste treatment
industries.  Fybroc's EY-2 material is expected to allow it to enter new markets
such as pharmaceutical,  petrochemical,  fertilizer and pesticides.  A worldwide
distributor network provides sales, engineering and customer service.


United States Sales versus Foreign Sales:

        The following table sets forth certain data  concerning  total net sales
to customers by geographic area in the past three years:

                                  Percentage of Net Sales
                               Fiscal Year Ended January 31,
                              2003         2002         2001
                            ---------------------------------
     United States            84.7%        84.3%        79.5%
     Foreign                  15.3%        15.7%        20.5%
                            ---------------------------------
     Net Sales               100.0%       100.0%       100.0%
                            =================================



Customers:

        During each of the past three fiscal years, no single customer accounted
for 10% or more of the total net sales of the  Company in any year.  The Company
does not believe that it would be materially  adversely  affected by the loss of
any single customer.


Seasonality:

        The Company does not consider its business to be seasonal in nature.


Competition:

        The  Company  experiences  competition  from a variety of  sources  with
respect to virtually all of its products.  The Company knows of no single entity
that  competes  with it across the full range of its products  and systems.  The
lines of  business  in which the  Company  is engaged  are  highly  competitive.
Competition in the markets served is based on a number of considerations,  which
may include price, technology,  applications experience,  know-how,  reputation,
product warranties, service and distribution.

        With respect to the Fluid Handling Equipment  segment,  specifically the
pump manufacturing operations,  several companies,  including  Ingersoll-Dresser
Pumps Co. (a subsidiary of Flowserve Corporation), Goulds Industrial Pumps, Inc.
(a  subsidiary  of ITT  Industries),  and Durco  Pumps,  Inc. (a  subsidiary  of
Flowserve  Corporation),  dominate the industry with several smaller  companies,
including Met-Pro, competing in selected product lines and niche markets.

        With  respect  to  the  Product   Recovery/Pollution  Control  Equipment
segment, there are numerous competitors of both comparable and larger size which
may have greater  resources  than the Company,  but there are no companies  that
dominate the market.

                                       3
<PAGE>

        The  Company  is unable to state  with  certainty  its  relative  market
position in all aspects of its businesses.


Research and Development:

        The Company engages in research and development on an operational basis.
Due to the wide range of the Company's  products,  the research and  development
effort is not  centralized.  Research is directed towards the development of new
products  related to current product lines,  and the improvement and enhancement
of existing products.

        The principal goals of the Company's  research  programs are maintaining
the  Company's   technological   capabilities   in  the  production  of  product
recovery/pollution  control equipment, and fluid handling equipment;  developing
new  products;   and  providing   technological  support  to  the  manufacturing
operations.

        Research and  development  expenses were $0.6 million,  $1.0 million and
$0.8  million  for each of the years  ended  January  31,  2003,  2002 and 2001,
respectively.


Patents and Trademarks:

        The Company has a small  number of patents and  trademarks.  The Company
considers  these  rights  important  to its  business,  although it considers no
individual right material to its business.


Regulatory Matters:

        The Company is subject to environmental laws and regulations  concerning
air emissions,  discharges to water processing  facilities,  and the generation,
handling,  storage and disposal of waste materials in all operations. All of the
Company's  production and manufacturing  facilities are controlled under permits
issued by federal,  state and local regulatory agencies. The Company believes it
is  presently  in  compliance  in all  material  respects  with  these  laws and
regulations.  To date,  compliance  with  federal,  state and  local  provisions
relating  to  protection  of the  environment  has had no  material  effect upon
capital expenditures, earnings or the competitive position of the Company.


Backlog:

        Generally,   the  Company's   customers  do  not  enter  into  long-term
contracts,  but rather issue  purchase  orders that are accepted by the Company.
The rate of booking new orders  varies  from month to month.  In  addition,  the
orders have varying  delivery  schedules,  and the  Company's  backlog as of any
particular date may not be  representative of actual revenues for any succeeding
period.  The dollar amount of the Company's backlog of orders,  considered to be
firm,  totalled  $7,375,383  and  $9,931,016  as of January  31,  2003 and 2002,
respectively.  This does not include an additional  $8,422,701 and $4,319,024 of
orders in-house as of January 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively,  which, according
to our  longstanding  policy,  are not included in the backlog  until  completed
drawings have been approved.  The Company expects that  substantially all of the
backlog that  existed as of January 31, 2003 will be shipped  during the ensuing
fiscal year.


Raw Materials:

        The  Company  procures  its raw  materials  and  supplies  from  various
sources.  The Company believes it could secure substitutes for the raw materials
and supplies  should they become  unavailable,  but there are no assurances that
the substitutes  would perform as well or be priced  competitively.  The Company
has not  experienced  any  significant  difficulty in securing raw materials and
supplies,  and does not anticipate any significant  difficulty in procurement in
the coming year or foreseeable future.


Employees:

        As of January 31, 2003,  the Company  employed  328 people,  of whom 129
were involved in manufacturing,  and 199 were engaged in administration,  sales,
engineering,  supervision  and  clerical  work.  The  Company  has  had no  work
stoppages  during the past 20 years and considers  its employee  relations to be
good.

                                       4
<PAGE>

Foreign Operations:

        Most of the  Company's  operations  and assets are located in the United
States. The Company also owns a manufacturing  operation in Heerenveen,  Holland
through its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Mefiag B.V., and operates a sales office
and warehouse in Markham,  Ontario, Canada through its wholly-owned  subsidiary,
Flex-Kleen Canada Inc.

        Large  export  sales  are  typically  made  on the  basis  of  confirmed
irrevocable  letters  of credit or time  drafts to  selected  customers  in U.S.
dollars.  The Company  believes  that  currency  fluctuation  and  political and
economic instability do not constitute substantial risks to its business.

        For  information  concerning  foreign  net  sales  on a  segment  basis,
reference is made to the  Consolidated  Business  Segment Data contained on page
22.













































                                       5
<PAGE>

Executive Officers of the Company:


        The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  regarding  the
Executive Officers of the Company:

        William L. Kacin,  age 71, is Chairman of the Board of  Directors of the
Company,  a position he has held since June 1999.  Mr. Kacin served as President
and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and from February 1993 to March 2003.
Prior to that, he was Vice President and General Manager of the Company's Sethco
Division for seventeen years.

        Raymond J. De Hont, age 49, is President,  Chief  Executive  Officer and
Director of the Company. He was elected President and Chief Executive Officer in
March 2003 and a Director of the Company in February 2003. Mr. De Hont served as
the Chief Operating Officer of the Company from June 2000 to March 2003 and Vice
President and General Manager of the Company's Fybroc Division from June 1995 to
June 2000.  In October  1999,  he also assumed the  responsibilities  of General
Manager  for  the  Company's  Dean  Pump  Division.  Prior  to  joining  Met-Pro
Corporation,  Mr. De Hont's management  positions at Air and Water  Technologies
included Vice President and General Manager of Flex-Kleen Corporation,  which is
now a division of Met-Pro Corporation.

        Gary J. Morgan, CPA, age 48, is Vice President-Finance,  Chief Financial
Officer, Secretary, Treasurer and a Director of the Company. He was elected Vice
President-Finance,  Chief Financial Officer,  Secretary and Treasurer in October
1997,  and a Director of the Company in February  1998.  Mr.  Morgan  joined the
Company in 1980 and served as the  Company's  Corporate  Controller  immediately
prior to October 1997.

        Mark A. Betchaver,  age 53, is Vice President of the Company and General
Manager of the Sethco Division, to which offices he was elected in June 1993. He
joined the Company in 1972.

        James G.  Board,  age 49, is Vice  President  of the Company and General
Manager of Dean Pump and Fybroc  Divisions,  to which  offices he was elected in
December 2000. For more than five years prior thereto, Mr. Board was employed by
Tuthill Energy Systems since  September  1997, as Director of Sales and prior to
joining  Tuthill  Energy  Systems  held the  position as Salesman for Oliver and
Laughten Equipment Company, Inc. since September 1982.

        Thomas V. Edwards,  age 49, is Vice President of the Company and General
Manager of the  Systems  Division,  to which  offices he was elected in December
1998.  Mr.  Edwards  joined the  Company  in June 1995 and prior to his  present
position,  held the position of Assistant to the  President.  For more than five
years prior thereto,  Mr. Edwards was employed by Lockheed Martin as Engineering
Manager.

        Sonja M. Haggert,  age 49, is Vice  President of the Company and General
Manager of the Keystone  Filter  Division,  to which  offices she was elected in
February  1993.  She  joined  the  Company  in 1978,  and  prior to her  present
position, held the position of Distributor Sales Manager of the Division.

        Hans J. D. Huizinga,  age 52, is the Managing Director of Mefiag B.V., a
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the Company,  located in  Heerenveen,  Holland,  an
office to which he was elected in August  1993.  He was  employed by Mefiag B.V.
for over five years as  Managing  Director  for the  predecessor  of Mefiag B.V.
prior to becoming an employee of the Company's subsidiary on June 30, 1993, when
we acquired that company.

        Gregory C. Kimmer,  age 48, is Vice President of the Company and General
Manager of the Duall Division,  to which offices he was elected in October 1989.
For more than five  years  prior  thereto,  Mr.  Kimmer  was  employed  by Duall
Industries, Inc. in various capacities.

        William F. Mersch,  age 49, is Vice President of the Company and General
Manager of the  Stiles-Kem  Division and Vice  President and General  Manager of
Pristine  Hydrochemical Inc. to which offices he was elected in October 1996 and
May 2002,  respectively.  He joined the Company in June 1995 as  National  Sales
Manager. For more than five years prior thereto, Mr. Mersch was employed by ANCO
Corporation, in which his last position was Vice President Sales and Marketing.

        Robert  P.  Replogle,  age 62,  is Vice  President  of the  Company  and
Director of the International  Sales Division and the Mefiag Division,  to which
offices he was elected in December  1995. He joined the Company in December 1973
and  prior  to his  present  position,  held the  position  of  Director  of the
International Sales Division and the Mefiag Division.

        Paul A.  Tetley,  age 44, is Vice  President  of the Company and General
Manager of Strobic Air Corporation,  to which offices he was elected in December
1999.  Mr. Tetley  joined the Company in 1996 in  connection  with the Company's
acquisition of Strobic Air  Corporation  and prior to his present  position held
the position of Director of Operations.  For more than five years prior thereto,
Mr. Tetley was employed by the predecessor entity as a Plant Manager.

                                       6
<PAGE>

        Dennis M. Wierzbicki,  age 45, is Vice President of the Company, General
Manager of the  Flex-Kleen  Division and Vice  President and General  Manager of
Flex-Kleen  Canada Inc., to which offices he was elected in February  2003.  For
more than five years prior thereto,  Mr. Wierzbicki was employed by American Air
Filter,  as Vice  President  and General  Manager of its Air  Quality  Equipment
Division  since October 2000 and as Vice President of Marketing and Sales of its
Global Air Filtration Division since April 1996.

        There  are no  family  relationships  between  any of the  Directors  or
Executive  Officers of the Company.  Each officer  serves at the pleasure of the
Board of Directors.






























                                      7
<PAGE>

Item 2.  Properties:

     The following  manufacturing and production facilities were owned or leased
by the Company at January 31, 2003:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Name                               Structure                               Property/Location              Status

<S>                                <C>                                           <C>                                    <C>
Executive Offices,                 73,000 square feet, cement                    17 acres in Harleysville,              Owned
International Division,            building, with finestone facing,              Pennsylvania
Mefiag Division and                built 1976
Strobic Air Corporation

Sethco Division                    30,000 square feet, cement                    4 acres in Hauppauge,                  Owned
                                   block with brick facing                       Long Island, New York
                                   built 1982

Fybroc Division                    47,500 square feet, cement                    8 acres in Telford,                    Owned
                                   building with brick facing,                   Pennsylvania
                                   built 1991

Keystone Filter Division           31,000 square feet, cement                    2.3 acres in Hatfield,                 Owned
                                   block, built 1978                             Pennsylvania

Systems Division                   3,375 square feet,                            Kulpsville, Pennsylvania               Leased(1)
                                   brick building

Dean Pump Division                 66,000 square feet, metal                     17.1 acres in                          Owned
                                   building                                      Indianapolis, Indiana

Duall Division                     63,000 square feet, metal                     7 acres in Owosso,                     Owned
                                   and masonry building                          Michigan

Stiles-Kem Division                22,000 square feet, cement                    2.55 acres in                          Owned
                                   block building, built 1996                    Waukegan, Illinois

Pristine Hydrochemical Inc.        1,500 square feet office and                  Williston, North Dakota                Leased
                                   warehouse facility

Flex-Kleen Division                13,760 square feet, brick                     Itasca, Illinois                       Leased(2)
                                   building

                                   37,320 square feet, metal                     Sharpsburg, North Carolina             Leased(3)
                                   building

Mefiag B.V.                        17,200 square feet, metal                     1.1 acres in                           Owned
                                   and masonry building                          Heerenveen, Holland

                                   Vacant land                                   3 acres in Heerenveen, Holland         Owned

Flex-Kleen Canada Inc.             5,880 square feet, masonry                    Markham, Ontario, Canada               Leased(4)
                                   building
</TABLE>

(1) Systems  Division's  lease  for  the  Sales  and  Engineering   facility  in
    Kulpsville, Pennsylvania expi res on February 9, 2005.

(2) Flex-Kleen Division's lease for the operation in Itasca, Illinois expires on
    December 31, 2007.

(3) Flex-Kleen Division's lease for the warehouse in Sharpsburg,  North Carolina
    expires on October 29, 2004.

(4) Flex-Kleen  Canada  Inc.'s  lease for the sales and  warehouse  facility  in
    Markham, Ontario, Canada expires on March 31, 2005.

                                       8
<PAGE>

Item 3. Legal Proceedings:

        Recently there appears to have been a significant  increase,  in certain
states,  in  asbestos-related  litigation  claims  against  numerous  industrial
companies,  particularly  companies in the pump and fluid  handling  industries.
During the last  year,  the  Company  was named as one of many  defendants  in a
number of such cases filed in one of these  states,  Mississippi.  The  Company,
along with the other  defendants,  is alleged to have sold  products  containing
asbestos,  although as of January 31, 2003, none of the Company's  products have
been  specifically  identified  by any  plaintiff  in any case as a cause of the
alleged  injuries.  The Company believes that it has defenses to the claims that
have been  asserted.  Although the Company is  vigorously  defending  all of the
cases,  the amount  expended by the Company to date in responding to these cases
has not been material,  as most of the costs have been paid by insurance.  Given
the current status of these cases, it is not possible to determine the Company's
potential  liability,  if any, and no provision  has been made in the  Company's
financial statements for any such claims.

        In addition, the Company is party in a small number of legal proceedings
arising out of the ordinary  course of business.  Management  does not currently
believe that these  proceedings will materially  impact the Company's results of
operations, liquidity or financial condition.


Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders:

        No matters  were  submitted  to a vote of  security  holders  during the
fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended January 31, 2003.





















                                       9
<PAGE>

                                     PART II


Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters:

    (a) Market Information. The Company's Common Stock is traded on the New York
Stock  Exchange  under the symbol "MPR".  The high and low selling prices of the
Common  Stock  for each  quarterly  period  for the last two  fiscal  years,  as
reported on the New York Stock Exchange, are shown below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Quarter ended
Year ended January 31, 2003                         April         July         October         January
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>
Price range of common stock:
   High                                             $15.55        $16.02       $14.30          $14.50
   Low                                               13.05         12.45        12.50           13.00
   Cash dividend paid                                 .085          .085         .085             .09

Year ended January 31, 2002                         April         July         October         January
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Price range of common stock:
   High                                             $13.17        $15.25       $14.08          $13.44
   Low                                               11.00         12.65         9.90           11.17
   Cash dividend paid                                 .085          .085         .085            .085
</TABLE>

    (b) Holders. There were 527 registered stockholders at January 31, 2003, and
the Company estimates that there are approximately 2,000 additional stockholders
with stock held in street name.

    (c) Dividends.  The Board of Directors declared quarterly dividends of $.085
per share  payable on March 8,  2002,  June 7, 2002,  and  September  6, 2002 to
stockholders  of record at the close of business on February 22,  2002,  May 24,
2002  and  August  23,  2002,  respectively.  The  Board of  Directors  declared
quarterly  dividends of $.09 per share payable on December 9, 2002 and March 10,
2003 to  stockholders  of record as of November  29, 2002 and February 21, 2003,
respectively.

    We expect to continue to pay comparable  dividends  during at least the next
fiscal year.

    (d) Securities  Authorized For Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans. Set
forth below is information aggregated as of January 31, 2003 with respect to two
equity  compensation  plans previously  approved by the Company's  stockholders,
being the 1997 Stock Option Plan and 2001 Equity  Incentive  Plan. Also shown is
information  with respect to the  Company's  Year 2000 Employee  Stock  Purchase
Plan.  The data does not include any options  under the 1992 Stock  Option Plan,
insofar as there were no options  issued and  outstanding as of January 31, 2003
nor were any options available for issuance as of such date.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                              Number of Securities
                                                                                                               Remaining Available
                                                Number of Securities                                           For Future Issuance
                                                  to be Issued Upon              Weighted-Average                 Under Equity
                                                     Exercise of                 Exercise Price of             Compensation Plans
                                                Outstanding Options,           Outstanding Options,           (Excluding Securities
              Plan Category                      Warrants and Rights            Warrants and Rights         Reflected in Column (A))
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>                            <C>                            <C>
                                                         (A)                            (B)                            (C)
Equity compensation plans approved by
    security holders                                   260,550                        $11.97                         559,425
Equity compensation plans not approved
    by security holders                                      -                             -                               -
</TABLE>

                                       10
<PAGE>

    (e) Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities. In May 2002, the Company issued
to one  person  an  aggregate  of  113,475  shares  of  Common  Stock  valued at
$1,600,000   as  part  of  the   purchase   price  for  the  stock  of  Pristine
Hydrochemical, Inc. These shares were not registered under the Securities Act of
1933 and were issued in reliance upon the exemption from  registration  afforded
by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The purchaser of these shares represented
to his investment intent in connection with such acquisition.

    (f) Stock  Repurchases.  During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2003,  the
Company  repurchased  an  aggregate  of 19,941  shares,  at a total cost of $0.3
million,  pursuant to a 300,000  share stock  repurchase  program  authorized on
December 15, 2000. To date, an aggregate of 69,032 shares have been  repurchased
through such repurchase program.


Item 6.  Selected Financial Data:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Years ended January 31,
                                                     2003             2002           2001            2000            1999
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>              <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Selected Operating Statement Data
Net sales                                        $69,619,382      $70,088,446     $81,203,550     $78,449,992     $67,390,488
Income from operations                             9,154,986        9,451,925      12,513,886      11,410,679      11,199,867
Net income                                         5,888,379        6,189,317       7,773,720       7,072,642       7,151,052
EBITDA (a)                                        10,714,343       11,497,932      14,736,541      13,826,535      13,287,878
Earnings per share, basic                                .95             1.01            1.26            1.08            1.04
Earnings per share, diluted                              .95             1.01            1.26            1.08            1.03

Selected Balance Sheet Data
Current assets                                   $40,631,745      $37,411,679     $37,412,259     $35,722,971     $38,683,453
Current liabilities                                9,750,309       10,151,149      12,957,995      13,681,578      14,387,868
Working capital                                   30,881,436       27,260,530      24,454,264      22,041,393      24,295,585
Current ratio                                            4.2              3.7             2.9             2.6             2.7
Total assets                                      73,754,671       68,070,192      69,151,341      68,641,983      72,888,641
Long-term obligations                              7,111,995        7,125,195       8,100,000       9,933,014      11,941,954
Total stockholders' equity                        56,045,885       50,279,394      47,061,366      44,206,333      45,925,107
Total capitalization                              63,157,880       57,404,589      55,161,366      54,139,347      57,867,061
Return on average total assets, %                        8.3              9.0            11.3            10.0            10.9
Return on average stockholders' equity, %               11.1             12.7            17.0            15.7            15.9

Other Financial Data
Net cash flows from operating activities          $5,831,186       $8,301,567     $10,047,845     $10,204,749      $7,990,115
Capital expenditures                                 752,125        1,631,356       1,023,682       1,193,559       1,191,616
Stockholders' equity per share                          9.02             8.27            7.73            6.92            6.76
Cash dividends paid per share (b)                       .345              .34             .32             .48             .30
Average common shares, basic                       6,179,618        6,109,141       6,152,325       6,542,210       6,907,654
Average common shares, diluted                     6,221,496        6,143,837       6,173,437       6,576,820       6,955,892
Shares of common stock outstanding                 6,216,369        6,083,172       6,090,155       6,391,242       6,794,898
==============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(a) EBITDA  represents  income from operations  before taxes,  interest expense,
    interest income, and depreciation and amortization expenses.

(b) Fiscal year ended January 31, 2000  included an annual  dividend of $.32 per
    share  payable on April 23, 1999 and  quarterly  dividends of $.08 per share
    payable on September  10, 1999 and December  10,  1999,  resulting  from the
    Company's change from an annual to a quarterly dividend.


                                       11
<PAGE>


Item7.  Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
        of Operations:

        The  following  discussion  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere
in this Form  10-K  together  with  "Factors  that May  Affect  Future  Results"
elsewhere in this  Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Result of Operations.


Results of Operations:

        The following table sets forth for the periods  indicated the percentage
of total net sales that such items  represent in the  Consolidated  Statement of
Operations.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Years ended January 31,
                                               2003              2002                2001
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>               <C>                 <C>
Net sales                                     100.0%            100.0%              100.0%
Cost of goods sold                             65.3%             65.7%               65.6%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gross profit                                   34.7%             34.3%               34.4%
Selling, general and administrative expense    21.6%             20.8%               19.0%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Income from operations                         13.1%             13.5%               15.4%

Interest expense                                (.7%)             (.8%)               (.8%)
Other income, net                                .4%              1.2%                 .6%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before taxes                            12.8%             13.9%               15.2%

Provision for taxes                             4.4%              5.1%                5.6%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                      8.4%              8.8%                9.6%
===========================================================================================
</TABLE>

FYE 2003 vs FYE 2002:

        Net sales for the fiscal year ended  January 31, 2003 were $69.6 million
compared to $70.1 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2002, a decrease
of $0.5  million.  Sales in the  Product  Recovery/Pollution  Control  Equipment
segment  increased  to  $46.1  million,  3.6%  higher  than the  prior  year due
primarily to increased demand for our fume and odor control equipment.  Sales in
the Fluid Handling  Equipment  segment were $23.5  million,  8.1% lower than the
prior fiscal year due to decreased demand for our specialty pump equipment.

        Foreign  sales  decreased  to $10.7  million  for the fiscal  year ended
January 31,  2003,  compared to $11.0  million for the same period last year,  a
3.2% decrease.  Foreign sales  decreased  10.5% in the Fluid Handling  Equipment
segment from the prior fiscal year, and the Product  Recovery/Pollution  Control
Equipment  segment foreign sales were 7.7% higher than the prior fiscal year due
to higher demand for our fume and odor control equipment.

        Net income for the fiscal year ended  January 31, 2003 was $5.9  million
compared to $6.2 million for the fiscal year ended  January 31, 2002, a decrease
of $0.3  million.  The decrease in net income is  principally  related to a $0.4
million  net gain on the sale of  property  and  equipment  associated  with the
Systems  Division's  operations  during the fiscal year ended  January 31, 2002,
combined  with lower sales in the Company's  Fluid  Handling  Equipment  segment
during the current fiscal year.

        The gross margin for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2003 increased to
34.7% versus 34.3% for the prior year. This increase can be attributed to higher
gross margins  experienced in the Product  Recovery/Pollution  Control Equipment
segment.

        Selling  expense was $7.1 million for the fiscal year ended  January 31,
2003 or an increase of $0.1  million over the prior year.  Selling  expense as a
percentage of net sales was 10.3% compared to 10.0% for the prior fiscal year.

                                       12
<PAGE>

        General and administrative  expense was $7.9 million for the fiscal year
ended  January  31,  2003  compared to $7.6  million in the prior  fiscal  year.
General and  administrative  expense as a percentage  of net sales was 11.3% for
the fiscal year ended  January 31, 2003  compared to 10.8% for the prior  fiscal
year. This increase, in dollars, is principally related to increased pension and
health care costs, offset by the reduction in amortization  expense for goodwill
that  is no  longer  being  amortized  per  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards ("SFAS") No. 142.

        Interest  expense was $0.5 million for the fiscal year ended January 31,
2003 compared to $0.6 million in the prior fiscal year.

        Other income, net was $0.3 million for the fiscal year ended January 31,
2003  compared to $0.9 million for the same period in the prior year, a decrease
of $0.6  million.  The  reduction  is the result of recording a $0.4 million net
gain  on the  sale  of  property  and  equipment  associated  with  the  Systems
Division's operations in West Chester, Pennsylvania during the fiscal year ended
January  31,  2002,  combined  with  the  reduction  in  interest  rates  on our
short-term investments during the current fiscal year.

        The  effective  tax rate  decreased  to 34.0% for the fiscal  year ended
January 31, 2003 from 36.5% for the prior year.


FYE 2002 vs FYE 2001:

        Net sales for the fiscal year ended  January 31, 2002 were $70.1 million
compared to $81.2 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2001, a decrease
of $11.1  million.  Sales in the Product  Recovery/Pollution  Control  Equipment
segment were $44.5  million,  $7.2 million lower than the same period last year.
Sales in the Fluid Handling  Equipment segment were $25.6 million,  $4.0 million
lower  compared to the fiscal year ended  January 31, 2001.  We believe that the
decreased demand in both business segments is attributed to a slowing economy.

        Foreign  sales  decreased  to $11.0  million  for the fiscal  year ended
January  31,  2002,  compared  to $16.6  million  for the same period last year.
Foreign sales decreased 25.4% in the Fluid Handling  Equipment  segment from the
prior fiscal year, and the Product  Recovery/Pollution Control Equipment segment
foreign  sales were 43.0% lower than the prior  fiscal year due to lower  demand
for our fume and odor control equipment.

        Net income for the fiscal year ended  January 31, 2002 was $6.2  million
compared to $7.8 million for the fiscal year ended  January 31, 2001, a decrease
of $1.6  million.  The  decrease in net income is  principally  related to lower
sales in both business segments during the period.

        The gross  margin for the fiscal year ended  January 31, 2002  decreased
slightly to 34.3% versus 34.4% for the prior year.

        Selling  expense was $7.0 million for the fiscal year ended  January 31,
2002 or a slight  decrease  from the prior  fiscal  year.  Selling  expense as a
percentage of net sales was 10.0% compared to 8.7% for the prior fiscal year.

        General and administrative  expense was $7.6 million for the fiscal year
ended  January 31, 2002  compared to $8.4 million for the same period last year.
General and  administrative  expense as a percentage  of net sales was 10.8% for
the fiscal year ended  January 31, 2002  compared to 10.3% for the prior  fiscal
year.  This  reduction,  in  dollars,  is related to the  overall  reduction  in
compensation  expense and amortization  expenses for certain  intangible  assets
which are fully amortized.

        Interest  expense was $0.6 million for the fiscal year ended January 31,
2002  compared to $0.7 million in the prior fiscal year.  During the fiscal year
ended January 31, 2002, the Company reduced its long-term debt by $1.7 million.

        Other income totaling $0.9 million for the fiscal year ended January 31,
2002 consisted of interest  income on short-term  investments and a $0.5 million
gain on the sale of property and equipment.  In September 2001, the Company sold
property and equipment associated with the Systems Division's operations in West
Chester,  Pennsylvania  resulting in the majority of this gain. These operations
were relocated to a leased facility in Kulpsville, Pennsylvania. Other income of
$0.5 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2001  consisted  primarily of
interest income on short-term investments.

        The  effective  tax rate  decreased  to 36.5% for the fiscal  year ended
January 31, 2002 from 37.0% for the prior year.


                                       13
<PAGE>

Liquidity:

        Cash and cash  equivalents  were $13.4  million on January 31, 2003,  an
increase of $1.6 million over the previous year. This increase is the net result
of  positive  cash flows  provided  by  operating  activities  of $5.8  million,
proceeds from the exercise of stock options amounting to $0.4 million, offset by
the payment of cash dividends  amounting to $2.0 million (net of $0.1 million of
dividends  returned  to the  Company  in the form of stock  purchases  under the
Company's Dividend Reinvestment Plan), payments of scheduled debt totalling $1.2
million, purchase of treasury stock amounting to $0.3 million, a cash payment of
$0.4  million as part of the  purchase  price for  Pristine  Hydrochemical,  and
investment in property and equipment amounting to $0.8 million.

        Accounts  receivable were $12.2 million at January 31, 2003, an increase
of $1.8 million compared to the prior year. The timing and size of shipments and
retainage on  contracts,  especially in the Product  Recovery/Pollution  Control
Equipment segment,  will influence accounts  receivable balances at any point in
time.

        Inventories  totalled  $13.4  million at January 31, 2003, a decrease of
$0.3  million  compared to the prior year.  Inventory  balances  will  fluctuate
depending on the size and timing of orders and market  demand,  especially  when
major systems and contracts are involved.

        Current liabilities  decreased from $10.2 million at January 31, 2002 to
$9.8  million at January 31,  2003,  or $0.4  million.  A reduction  in accounts
payable and customer  advances,  offset by an increase in the current portion of
long-term debt and accrued expenses, accounted for the decrease.

        The Company has consistently maintained a high current ratio and has not
utilized  either  the  domestic  line of  credit or the  foreign  line of credit
totalling $5.0 million which are available for working  capital  purposes.  Cash
flows, in general,  have exceeded the current needs of the Company.  The Company
presently  foresees no change in this situation in the immediate  future.  As of
January 31, 2003 and January 31,  2002,  working  capital was $30.9  million and
$27.3   million,   respectively,   and  the  current  ratio  was  4.2  and  3.7,
respectively.


Capital Resources and Requirements:

        Cash flows provided by operating activities during the fiscal year ended
January 31, 2003  amounted to $5.8 million  compared to $8.3 million  during the
prior fiscal year. This decrease in cash flows from operating activities was due
principally  to an increase in accounts  receivable and a decrease in net income
(of which $0.4 million in the fiscal year ended  January 31, 2002 was due to the
net gain on the sale of  property  and  equipment  associated  with the  Systems
Division's  operations) and customer  advances for the fiscal year ended January
31, 2003, offset by a reduction in inventory balances. Per share, our cash flows
from  operating  activities  decreased  to $.94 per share  compared to $1.35 per
share for the prior year.

        Cash flows used in  investing  activities  during the fiscal  year ended
January 31, 2003  amounted to $1.2 million  compared to $0.5 million  during the
fiscal year ended January 31, 2002. The Company's  investing  activities for the
fiscal year ended January 31, 2003,  principally  represent the acquisition of a
business  during the fiscal  year ended  January  31,  2003 and the  purchase of
property,  plant and equipment in the two operating  segments during both years.
The Company  continues to invest in machinery and equipment,  tooling,  patterns
and molds to improve  efficiency  and  maintain  our  position as leaders in the
markets that we serve.

        Financing  activities during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2003 used
$3.2 million of available  resources  compared to $4.4 million  during the prior
fiscal year.  The 2003  activity is the result of the payment of quarterly  cash
dividends  amounting to $2.0 million (net of $0.1 million of dividends  returned
to the  Company  in the form of stock  purchases  under the  Company's  Dividend
Reinvestment Plan),  reduction of long-term debt totalling $1.2 million, and the
purchase of treasury stock totalling $0.3 million,  offset by proceeds  received
by the exercise of stock options amounting to $0.4 million.

        The  Company  paid $1.2  million of  scheduled  debt  during the current
fiscal year.  The  percentage  of  long-term  debt to equity at January 31, 2003
decreased to 12.7% compared to 14.2% at January 31, 2002.

        During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2003,  the Company  repurchased
an aggregate of 19,941  shares at a cost of $0.3 million under the 300,000 share
stock repurchase program authorized on December 15, 2000.



                                       14
<PAGE>

        The Board of Directors declared  quarterly  dividends of $.085 per share
payable on March 8, 2002,  June 7, 2002 and September 6, 2002 to stockholders of
record at the close of business on February  22,  2002,  May 24, 2002 and August
23, 2002,  respectively,  and a quarterly  dividend of $.09 per share payable on
December 9, 2002 to  stockholders of record as of November 29, 2002. On December
19,  2002,  the Board of  Directors  declared a  quarterly  dividend of $.09 per
share,  which was paid on March 10, 2003 to  stockholders of record at the close
of business on February 21, 2003.

        The Company  accounts for its defined  benefit plans in accordance  with
Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS")  No.  87,  "Employers'
Accounting for  Pensions".  SFAS No. 87 requires a liability  ("minimum  pension
liability") be recorded when the accumulated benefit obligation exceeds the fair
value of plan assets. The Company has recently experienced a decline in the fair
market value of assets in the Company's non-contributory defined benefit pension
plan trust.  This decline is due, in large part, to the  generally  weak economy
and general declines in the market value of investments.  In connection with the
decline in the fair  market  value of these  assets,  at January 31,  2003,  the
Company recorded an after-tax charge to stockholders' equity of $0.1 million.

        As part of our  commitment  to the  future,  the Company  expended  $0.6
million and $1.0 million on research and  development for the fiscal years ended
January 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

        The  Company  will  continue  to invest in new  product  development  to
maintain  and  enhance  its  competitive  position  in the  markets  in which we
participate.  Capital expenditures will be made to support operations and expand
our  capacity to meet market  demands.  The Company  intends to finance  capital
expenditures  in the coming year  through  cash flows from  operations  and will
secure third party financing, when deemed appropriate.


Recent Accounting Pronouncements:

        In  December  2002,  the FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  148,  "Accounting  for
Stock-Based   Compensation   -  Transition  and   Disclosure",   which  provides
alternative  methods of  transition  for a voluntary  change to fair value based
method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation as prescribed in SFAS
No. 123.  Additionally,  SFAS No. 148 requires more  prominent and more frequent
disclosures   in  financial   statements   about  the  effects  of   stock-based
compensation.  The  provisions of this  Statement are effective for fiscal years
ending after December 15, 2002.  Management does not expect the adoption of this
Statement  to have a material  impact on the  Company's  financial  condition or
results of operations.


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates:

        Management's  discussion  and  analysis of its  financial  position  and
results  of  operations  are based  upon the  Company's  consolidated  financial
statements,  which have been prepared in accordance with  accounting  principles
generally  accepted in the United States.  The  preparation  of these  financial
statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported  amounts of assets,  liabilities,  revenue  and  expenses  and  related
disclosure of contingent  assets and  liabilities.  The  significant  accounting
policies  which we believe are the most  critical to aid in fully  understanding
and evaluating our reported financial results include the following:

        The  Company's  revenues  are  recognized  when  products are shipped to
unaffiliated   customers.   The  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission's  Staff
Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") No. 101, "Revenue Recognition", provides guidance on
the application of generally accepted accounting  principles to selected revenue
recognition  issues.  The Company  has  concluded  that its revenue  recognition
policy is  appropriate  and in accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles and SAB No. 101.

        Property,  plant and equipment,  intangible and certain other long-lived
assets are depreciated  and amortized over their useful lives.  Useful lives are
based on  management's  estimates  of the period that the assets  will  generate
revenue.  Intangible  assets are  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events or
changes in  circumstances  indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not
be recoverable.  In accordance with SFAS No.142,  "Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets", which supersedes Accounting Principles Board ("APB") No.17, "Intangible
Assets",  effective February 1, 2002, the Company's unamortized goodwill balance
is not being  amortized  over its  estimated  useful life;  rather,  it is being
assessed at least annually for impairment.

        The  determination of our obligation and expense for pension benefits is
dependent  on  our  selection  of  certain  assumptions  used  by  actuaries  in
calculating  such  amounts.  Those  assumptions  are described in Note 10 to the
consolidated  financial statements and include, among others, the discount rate,
expected  long-term  rate of return on plan  assets  and  rates of  increase  in
compensation.  In accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,
actual results that differ from our  assumptions  are  accumulated and amortized
over future periods and therefore,  generally affect our recognized  expense and
recorded obligation in such future periods.


                                       15
<PAGE>

While we believe that our assumptions are appropriate,  significant  differences
in  our  actual  experience  or  significant  changes  in  our  assumptions  may
materially affect our pension obligations and our future expense.


Factors that May Affect Future Results:

        Met-Pro's prospects are subject to certain  uncertainties and risk. This
Annual  Report on Form 10-K also  contains  certain  forward-looking  statements
within the meaning of the Federal securities laws.  Met-Pro's results may differ
materially from its current  results and actual results could differ  materially
from those  suggested in the  forward-looking  statements as a result of certain
risk factors, including but not limited to those set forth below, other one time
events,  other important factors  disclosed  previously and from time to time in
Met-Pro's other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        The following important factors, along with those discussed elsewhere in
this Annual Report, could affect future results and could cause those results to
differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements:

o   materially  adverse changes in economic  conditions in the markets served by
    us or in  significant  customers  of ours;
o   material changes in available technology;
o   changes  in  our  accounting  rules  promulgated  by  regulatory   agencies,
    including the SEC, which could result in an impact on earnings;
o   the  write-down  of costs in excess of net  assets  of  businesses  acquired
    (goodwill),  as a result of the determination  that the acquired business is
    impaired;
o   unexpected results in our product development activities;
o   loss of key customers;
o   changes in product mix;
o   changes in our existing management;
o   exchange rate fluctuations;
o   changes in federal, state laws and regulations;
o   lower than anticipated return on investments,  which could affect the amount
    of the Company's pension  liabilities;
o   the assertion of litigation  claims that the Company's  products,  including
    products produced by companies acquired by the Company, infringe third party
    patents or have caused injury, loss or damage;
o   adverse  developments in the asbestos cases that have been filed against the
    Company,   including  without  limitations   adverse   developments  in  the
    availability of insurance coverage in these cases;
o   the effect of acquisitions and other strategic ventures;
o   failure  to  properly  quote  and/or  execute  customer  orders,   including
    misspecifications, design, engineering or production errors;
o   losses related to international sales; and/or
o   failure in execution of acquisition strategy.


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risks:

         We have no disclosure to make with respect to this Item.


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:

        Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                           Page
          Consolidated Financial Statements:                                                                               ----
<S>                                                                                                                        <C>
               Independent Auditor's Report ............................................................................... 17
               Consolidated Statement of Operations........................................................................ 18
               Consolidated Balance Sheet.................................................................................. 19
               Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows........................................................................ 20
               Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity.............................................................. 21
               Consolidated Business Segment Data ......................................................................... 22
               Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ................................................................. 23

          Supplementary Data:
               Quarterly Financial Data ................................................................................... 37
</TABLE>



                                       16
<PAGE>

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Met-Pro Corporation
Harleysville, Pennsylvania

We  have  audited  the  accompanying   consolidated  balance  sheet  of  Met-Pro
Corporation and its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries as of January 31, 2003 and 2002,
and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period  ended  January  31,  2003.
These financial  statements are the responsibility of the Company's  management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based
on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted
in the  United  States of  America.  Those  standards  require  that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis,  evidence  supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
financial  statement  presentation.   We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects,  the financial position of Met-Pro Corporation
and its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  as of January  31,  2003 and 2002,  and the
results of their  operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period  ended  January 31, 2003 in  conformity  with  accounting  principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.

As  discussed  in Note 1 to the  consolidated  financial  statements,  effective
February  1,  2002,  the  Company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets".


                                                     /s/ Margolis & Company P.C.
                                                     ---------------------------

Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania
February 21, 2003

                                       17
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       MET-PRO CORPORATION
                                               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                                                                       Years ended January 31,
                                                           2003                  2002                2001
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>                   <C>                 <C>
Net sales                                              $69,619,382           $70,088,446         $81,203,550
Cost of goods sold                                      45,439,557            46,060,214          53,242,396
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross profit                                            24,179,825            24,028,232          27,961,154
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating expenses
  Selling                                                7,139,082             6,998,234           7,043,540
  General and administrative                             7,885,757             7,578,073           8,403,728
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        15,024,839            14,576,307          15,447,268
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income from operations                                   9,154,986             9,451,925          12,513,886

Interest expense                                          (505,394)             (557,855)           (694,112)
Other income, net                                          278,126               852,885             524,729
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before taxes                                      8,927,718             9,746,955          12,344,503

Provision for taxes                                      3,039,339             3,557,638           4,570,783
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                              $5,888,379            $6,189,317          $7,773,720
=============================================================================================================

Earnings per share
  Basic                                                       $.95                 $1.01               $1.26
  Diluted                                                     $.95                 $1.01               $1.26
=============================================================================================================

Average number of common and
common equivalent shares outstanding
    Basic                                                6,179,618             6,109,141           6,152,325
    Diluted                                              6,221,496             6,143,837           6,173,437
=============================================================================================================
</TABLE>
The notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of the above
statement.


                                       18
<PAGE>

                                             MET-PRO CORPORATION
                                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        January 31,
ASSETS                                                                            2003                2002
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>                 <C>
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                   $13,429,367         $11,832,260
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for
    doubtful accounts of approximately
    $263,000 and $229,000, respectively                                        12,217,315          10,465,069
  Inventories                                                                  13,374,128          13,701,676
  Prepaid expenses, deposits and other current assets                             979,714             911,457
  Deferred income taxes                                                           631,221             501,217
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Total current assets                                                  40,631,745          37,411,679

Property, plant and equipment, net                                             11,950,422          12,505,114
Costs in excess of net assets of businesses acquired, net                      20,798,913          17,780,767
Other assets                                                                      373,591             372,632
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Total assets                                                         $73,754,671         $68,070,192
==============================================================================================================


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current liabilities
  Current portion of long-term debt                                            $1,536,926          $1,231,469
  Accounts payable                                                              2,810,002           3,094,300
  Accrued salaries, wages and expenses                                          4,827,241           4,558,576
  Dividend payable                                                                559,167             517,070
  Customers' advances                                                              16,973             749,734
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Total current liabilities                                              9,750,309          10,151,149

Long-term debt                                                                  7,111,995           7,125,195
Other non-current liabilities                                                      36,621              34,424
Deferred income taxes                                                             809,861             480,030
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Total liabilities                                                     17,708,786          17,790,798
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commitments

Stockholders' equity
  Common stock, $.10 par value; 18,000,000 shares
     authorized, 7,226,303 and 7,219,165 shares issued,
     of which 1,009,934 and 1,135,993 shares were reacquired
     and held in treasury at the respective dates                                 722,630             721,916
  Additional paid-in capital                                                    8,196,782           7,879,368
  Retained earnings                                                            59,705,267          55,990,079
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss                                           (541,959)           (827,737)
  Treasury stock, at cost                                                     (12,036,835)        (13,484,232)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Total stockholders' equity                                            56,045,885          50,279,394
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                           $73,754,671         $68,070,192
==============================================================================================================
</TABLE>
The notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of the above
statement.

                                       19
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       MET-PRO CORPORATION
                                              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS


                                                                          Years ended January 31,
                                                                  2003            2002            2001
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

<S>                                                             <C>             <C>             <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
   Net income                                                   $5,888,379      $6,189,317      $7,773,720
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
         cash provided by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization                               1,559,357       2,046,007       2,222,655
     Deferred income taxes                                         379,874         155,419         256,998
     (Gain) loss on sales of property and equipment, net            (5,247)       (472,895)         12,656
     Allowance for doubtful accounts                                34,188          10,721          (6,576)
     (Increase) decrease in operating assets,
         net of acquisition
       Accounts receivable                                      (1,420,024)      3,658,676        (515,006)
       Inventories                                                 591,932        (687,317)        631,810
       Prepaid expenses and other current assets                   (52,207)        115,808          92,357
       Other assets                                                 (8,408)         (8,092)        (52,309)
     Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities,
         net of acquisition
       Accounts payable and accrued expenses                      (406,094)     (2,933,944)       (181,137)
       Customers' advances                                        (732,761)        140,289        (270,987)
       Other non-current liabilities                                 2,197          87,578          83,664
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Net cash provided by operating activities                 5,831,186       8,301,567      10,047,845
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash flows from investing activities
   Proceeds from sales of property and equipment                    19,347       1,095,456           2,000
   Acquisitions of property and equipment                         (752,125)     (1,631,356)     (1,023,682)
   Payment for purchase of acquisition                            (465,673)              -               -
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Net cash (used in) investing activities                  (1,198,451)       (535,900)     (1,021,682)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash flows from financing activities
   Proceeds from new borrowing                                      16,373               -               -
   Reduction of debt                                            (1,235,974)     (1,741,711)     (2,008,940)
   Exercise of stock options                                       353,229       1,092,253               -
   Payment of dividends                                         (2,029,579)     (1,934,132)     (1,806,361)
   Purchase of treasury shares                                    (289,218)     (1,793,435)     (3,018,786)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Net cash (used in) financing activities                  (3,185,169)     (4,377,025)     (6,834,087)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Effect of exchange rate changes on cash                           149,541         (66,427)        (13,587)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                       1,597,107       3,322,215       2,178,489

 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                 11,832,260       8,510,045       6,331,556
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                      $13,429,367     $11,832,260      $8,510,045
===========================================================================================================
</TABLE>
The notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of the above
statement.

                                       20
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       MET-PRO CORPORATION
                                          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY


                                                                                        Accumulated
                                                          Additional                       Other
                                               Common      Paid-in        Retained     Comprehensive       Treasury
                                               Stock       Capital        Earnings     Income/(Loss)        Stock          Total
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>          <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>
Balances, January 31, 2000                   $718,919     $7,973,873      $46,087,476    ($403,993)     ($10,169,942)   $44,206,333
Comprehensive income:
   Net income                                       -              -        7,773,720            -                 -
   Cumulative translation adjustment                -              -                -      (87,170)                -
      Total comprehensive income                                                                                          7,686,550
Dividends paid, $.32 per share                      -              -       (1,462,727)           -                 -     (1,462,727)
Dividend declared, $.085 per share                  -              -         (517,669)           -                 -       (517,669)
Proceeds from issuance of common
   stock under dividend reinvestment
   plan (17,389 shares)                         1,739        165,926                -            -                 -        167,665
Purchase of 318,476 shares of
   treasury stock                                   -              -                -            -        (3,018,786)    (3,018,786)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances, January 31, 2001                    720,658      8,139,799       51,880,800     (491,163)      (13,188,728)    47,061,366

Comprehensive income:
   Net income                                       -              -        6,189,317            -                 -
   Cumulative translation adjustment                -              -                -     (231,570)                -
   Interest rate swap, net of tax of $60,357        -              -                -     (105,004)                -
        Total comprehensive income                                                                                        5,852,743

Dividends paid, $.34 per share                      -              -       (1,562,968)           -                 -     (1,562,968)
Dividend declared, $.085 per share                  -              -         (517,070)           -                 -       (517,070)
Proceeds from issuance of common
   stock under dividend reinvestment
   plan (12,582 shares)                         1,258        145,247                -            -                 -        146,505
Stock option transactions                           -       (405,678)               -            -         1,497,931      1,092,253
Purchase of 145,590 shares of
   treasury stock                                   -              -                -            -        (1,793,435)    (1,793,435)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances, January 31, 2002                    721,916      7,879,368       55,990,079     (827,737)      (13,484,232)    50,279,394
Comprehensive income:
   Net income                                       -              -        5,888,379            -                 -
   Cumulative translation adjustment                -              -                -      617,563                 -
   Interest rate swap, net of tax of $109,056       -              -                -     (202,802)                -
   Minimum pension liability adjustment,
      net of tax of $70,991                         -              -                -     (128,983)                -
        Total comprehensive income                                                                                        6,174,157
Issuance of treasury stock for acquisition
  of business                                       -        250,782                -            -         1,349,218      1,600,000
Dividends paid, $.345 per share                     -              -       (1,614,024)           -                 -     (1,614,024)
Dividend declared, $.09 per share                   -              -         (559,167)           -                 -       (559,167)
Proceeds from issuance of common
   stock under dividend reinvestment
   plan (7,138 shares)                            714        100,801                -            -                 -        101,515
Stock option transactions                           -        (34,169)               -            -           387,397        353,228
Purchase of 19,941 shares of
   treasury stock                                   -              -                -            -          (289,218)      (289,218)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances, January 31, 2003                   $722,630     $8,196,782      $59,705,267    ($541,959)     ($12,036,835)   $56,045,885
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
The notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of the above
statement.

                                       21
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          MET-PRO CORPORATION
                                  CONSOLIDATED BUSINESS SEGMENT DATA



                                                                Years ended January  31,
                                                           2003            2002          2001
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>           <C>
Net sales to unaffiliated customers
Product recovery/pollution control equipment           $46,094,834     $44,498,316   $51,650,730
Fluid handling equipment                                23,524,548      25,590,130    29,552,820
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       $69,619,382     $70,088,446   $81,203,550

   Includes foreign sales of:
   Product recovery/pollution control equipment         $4,777,495      $4,437,309    $7,787,437
   Fluid handling equipment                              5,907,012       6,598,746     8,846,889
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       $10,684,507     $11,036,055   $16,634,326
=================================================================================================

Income from operations
Product recovery/pollution control equipment            $6,039,173      $5,144,940    $7,066,793
Fluid handling equipment                                 3,115,813       4,306,985     5,447,093
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        $9,154,986      $9,451,925   $12,513,886
=================================================================================================

Depreciation and amortization expense
Product recovery/pollution control equipment              $859,590      $1,303,761    $1,450,025
Fluid handling equipment                                   699,767         742,246       772,630
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        $1,559,357      $2,046,007    $2,222,655
=================================================================================================

Capital expenditures
Product recovery/pollution control equipment              $301,437        $675,435      $442,662
Fluid handling equipment                                   315,409         746,241       448,685
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           616,846       1,421,676       891,347
Corporate                                                  135,279         209,680       132,335
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          $752,125      $1,631,356    $1,023,682
=================================================================================================

Identifiable assets at January 31
Product recovery/pollution control equipment           $41,396,626     $38,945,179   $40,274,449
Fluid handling equipment                                18,417,187      18,209,157    18,785,577
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        59,813,813      57,154,336    59,060,026
Corporate                                               13,940,858      10,915,856    10,091,315
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       $73,754,671     $68,070,192   $69,151,341
=================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The Company follows the practice of allocating general corporate expenses,
including depreciation and amortization expense, between the segments.


                                       22
<PAGE>

                               MET-PRO CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
               FOR THE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2003, 2002 AND 2001


NOTE 1: NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        Nature of operations:

        The Company  manufactures and sells product  recovery/pollution  control
        equipment  for  purification  of air and  liquids,  and  fluid  handling
        equipment for corrosive, abrasive and high temperature liquids.

        Basis of presentation:

        The consolidated  financial  statements  include the accounts of Met-Pro
        Corporation   ("Met-Pro"  or  the   "Company")   and  its   wholly-owned
        subsidiaries,   Mefiag  B.V.,   Flex-Kleen  Canada  Inc.,   Strobic  Air
        Corporation  ("Strobic Air"), MPC Inc. and Pristine  Hydrochemical  Inc.
        Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

        Use of estimates:

        The  preparation  of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
        accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
        assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities
        and disclosure of contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the
        financial  statements and the reported  amounts of revenues and expenses
        during the  reporting  period.  Actual  results  could differ from those
        estimates.

        Foreign currency translation:

        Assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Company's  foreign  subsidiaries  are
        translated  at current  exchange  rates,  while  income and expenses are
        translated at average rates for the period. Translation gains and losses
        are  reported  as a  component  of  other  comprehensive  income  in the
        Statement of Stockholders' Equity.

        Inventories:

        Inventories  generally  are  stated  at the  lower of cost  (principally
        first-in, first-out) or market except for the inventory at the Dean Pump
        Division which is determined on the last-in,  first-out  basis (see Note
        4).

        Property, plant and equipment:

        Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  stated at cost.  Depreciation  is
        computed  principally by the straight-line  method over estimated useful
        lives.  Expenditures  for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense
        as incurred. Renewals and betterments are capitalized (see Note 5).

        Costs in excess of net assets of businesses acquired:

        In June 2001, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board ("FASB") issued
        Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 141, "Business
        Combinations", and SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets".
        SFAS No. 141,  which was effective for business  combinations  completed
        after June 30, 2001, requires, among other things, that (1) the purchase
        method of accounting be used for all business combinations, (2) specific
        criteria  be  established  for  the  recognition  of  intangible  assets
        separately from goodwill and (3) additional  information  about acquired
        intangible assets be provided.  SFAS No. 142, which became effective for
        the Company as of February 1, 2002,  primarily  addresses the accounting
        for goodwill and  intangible  assets  subsequent  to their  acquisition.
        Among other  things it  requires  that  goodwill  not be  amortized  for
        financial  statement purposes;  instead,  management is required to test
        goodwill for  impairment at least  annually.  The Company  performed its
        annual  impairment  test in the second  quarter of the fiscal year ended
        January 31, 2003 using a fair value approach.  No impairment was present
        upon performing  this test. At January 31, 2003,  costs in excess of net
        assets of businesses acquired  associated with the Company's  reportable
        business segments totalled  $20,798,913.  The Company cannot predict the
        occurrence of certain events that might adversely  affect the reportable
        value of costs in excess of net assets of businesses acquired.

                                       23
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              MET-PRO CORPORATION
                                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        FOR THE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2003, 2002 AND 2001 (Continued)


        If SFAS No. 142 had been in effect  during the years  ended  January 31,
        2002 and 2001, the Company's  earnings would have been improved  because
        of reduced amortization, as described below:

                                                                                   January 31,
                                                                   2003                 2002            2001
        <S>                                                      <C>                  <C>             <C>
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Net income as reported                                   $5,888,379           $6,189,317      $7,773,720
        Add: amortization                                                 -              314,775         312,294
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Adjusted net income                                      $5,888,379           $6,504,092      $8,086,014
        =========================================================================================================

        Basic earnings per share as reported                           $.95                $1.01           $1.26
        Add: amortization                                                 -                  .05             .05
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Adjusted basic earnings per share                              $.95                $1.06           $1.31
        =========================================================================================================

        Diluted earnings per share as reported                         $.95                $1.01           $1.26
        Add: amortization                                                 -                  .05             .05
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Adjusted diluted earnings per share                            $.95                $1.06           $1.31
        =========================================================================================================
</TABLE>

        The changes in the  carrying  amount of costs in excess of net assets of
        businesses  acquired  by  business  segment  for the  fiscal  year ended
        January 31, 2003 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Product Recovery/
                                                             Pollution Control     Fluid Handling
                                                                 Equipment            Equipment         Total
        <S>                                                     <C>                  <C>             <C>
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Balance as of February 1, 2002                          $16,048,285          $1,732,482      $17,780,767
        Goodwill acquired during the period                       3,018,146                   -        3,018,146
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Balance as of January 31, 2003                          $19,066,431          $1,732,482      $20,798,913
        =========================================================================================================
</TABLE>

        Revenue  recognition:

        Revenues are generally recognized when products are shipped.

        Advertising:

        Advertising  costs are charged to  operations  in the year  incurred and
        were  $1,299,908,  $1,403,366 and $1,344,231 for the years ended January
        31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

        Research and development:

        Research and  development  costs are charged to  operations  in the year
        incurred  and were  $624,098,  $979,813 and $788,777 for the years ended
        January 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

        Earnings per share:

        Basic  earnings  per share are computed  based on the  weighted  average
        number of common shares outstanding during each year.

        Diluted  earnings per share are computed  based on the weighted  average
        number of shares  outstanding plus all potential  dilutive common shares
        outstanding (stock options) during each year.

                                       24
<PAGE>

                               MET-PRO CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         FOR THE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2003, 2002 AND 2001 (Continued)


        Dividends:

        On December 19, 2002,  the Board of Directors  declared a $.09 per share
        quarterly  cash dividend  payable on March 10, 2003 to  stockholders  of
        record on February 21, 2003, amounting to $559,167.

        Stock options:

        The  Company   accounts  for  stock  options  under  the  provisions  of
        Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion  ("APB") No. 25,  "Accounting  for
        Stock Issued to Employees" and related  interpretations.  Accounting for
        the  issuance  of stock  options  under  the  provisions  of APB No.  25
        typically does not result in compensation  expense for the Company since
        the  exercise  price of options is  normally  established  at the market
        price of the Company's  Common Stock on the date granted.  SFAS No. 123,
        "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation",  provides that the related
        expense  may be recorded in the basic  financial  statements  or the pro
        forma effect on earnings may be disclosed in the financial statements.

        Pro forma  information  regarding  net income and  earnings per share is
        required  by SFAS  No.  123,  which  requires  that the  information  be
        determined  as if we had  accounted  for our  stock  options  under  the
        fair value method. The fair value for these options was estimated at the
        date of grant using the  Black-Scholes  pricing model with the following
        assumptions:  risk-free  interest  rates  ranging  from  2.5%  to  5.9%,
        dividend  yield  ranging from 2.8% to 3.9%,  expected  volatility of the
        market price of the Company's  Common Stock ranging from 26% to 30%, and
        an expected option life of five years.

        The risk-free  interest rate is based on five-year  treasury bill rates.
        For the purposes of pro forma  disclosures,  the estimated fair value of
        the options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting periods.

        The pro forma information compared to reported information for the three
        years ended January 31 is presented in the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               2003             2002            2001
                                         -----------------------------------------------
        <S>                                 <C>              <C>             <C>
        Net income:
           As reported                      $5,888,379       $6,189,317      $7,773,720
           Pro forma                         5,788,478        6,097,825       7,709,076
        Basic earnings per share:
           As reported                            $.95            $1.01           $1.26
           Pro forma                               .94             1.00            1.25
        Diluted earnings per share:
           As reported                            $.95            $1.01           $1.26
           Pro forma                               .93              .99            1.25
                                         ===============================================
</TABLE>

        The pro forma effects of applying SFAS No. 123 to fiscal 2003,  2002 and
        2001 may not be representative of the pro forma effects in future years.
        Based on the vesting schedule of the Company's stock option grants,  the
        pro forma  effects on earnings  are most  pronounced  in the early years
        following  each grant.  The timing and magnitude of any future grants is
        at the  discretion  of the  Company's  Board of Directors  and cannot be
        assured.

        Non-employee  directors  of the  Company are  eligible to receive  stock
        options for Common Stock. These stock options are accounted for the same
        as stock options granted to employees.

                                       25
<PAGE>

                               MET-PRO CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         FOR THE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2003, 2002 AND 2001 (Continued)


        Concentrations of credit risk:

        Financial   instruments  which   potentially   subject  the  Company  to
        concentrations  of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents (see
        Note  2),  and  trade   accounts   receivable.   The  Company   believes
        concentrations of accounts receivable credit risk are limited due to the
        number of  customers,  and  dispersion  among the business  segments and
        geographic  areas.  It  is  the  policy  of  management  to  review  the
        outstanding  accounts receivable at the end of each reporting period, as
        well as the bad debt  write-offs  experienced in the past, and establish
        an allowance for doubtful accounts for uncollectable amounts.


        Supplemental cash flow information:

                                          2003           2002           2001
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------
        Cash paid during the year for:
                Interest                $465,728       $560,697       $819,054
                Income taxes          $2,732,862     $3,431,219     $3,689,100
        =======================================================================

        Recent accounting pronouncements:

        In  December  2002,  the FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  148,  "Accounting  for
        Stock-Based  Compensation - Transition and  Disclosure",  which provides
        alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to a fair value
        based method of accounting  for  stock-based  employee  compensation  as
        prescribed  in SFAS No. 123.  Additionally,  SFAS No. 148 requires  more
        prominent and more frequent  disclosures in financial  statements  about
        the  effects  of  stock-based  compensation.   The  provisions  of  this
        Statement are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002.
        Management  does not expect the  adoption  of this  Statement  to have a
        material  impact on the  Company's  financial  condition  or  results of
        operations.

        Reclassifications:

        Certain reclassifications have been made to the financial statements for
        the fiscal year ended January 31, 2002 to conform with the  presentation
        of the financial  statements for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2003.
        Such  reclassifications  did not have any impact on stockholders' equity
        and net income as of and for the year ended January 31, 2002.


NOTE 2: FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        Cash and cash equivalents:

        Short-term  investments at January 31, 2003 and 2002 were valued at cost
        (approximating  market) and  amounted to  $12,526,044  and  $10,686,472,
        respectively.  Short-term  investments consist principally of commercial
        paper with an original  maturity of six months or less, and money market
        funds, both of which are considered to be cash equivalents.  The Company
        evaluates  the  creditworthiness  of  the  financial   institutions  and
        financial instruments in which it invests.



                                       26
<PAGE>

                               MET-PRO CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         FOR THE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2003, 2002 AND 2001 (Continued)


        Debt:

        The fair value and carrying amount of long-term debt was as follows:

                                                        January 31,
                                                 2003                 2002
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------
        Fair value                            $8,693,870           $8,350,325
        Carrying amount                        8,648,921            8,356,664
        ======================================================================


        Valuations for long-term debt are  determined  based on borrowing  rates
        currently  available  to the  Company for loans with  similar  terms and
        maturities.

        The  Company  uses an interest  rate swap (see Note 6) to  minimize  its
        exposure  to  fluctuations   in  interest   rates.   The  interest  rate
        differential  to be paid or received  under this agreement is recognized
        over the term of the loan and is included in interest expense.

        The Company's financial instruments are not held for trading purposes.


NOTE 3: ACQUISITION OF BUSINESS

        Effective May 22, 2002,  the Company,  pursuant to an Agreement and Plan
        of Merger,  acquired 100% of the Common Stock of Pristine  Hydrochemical
        Inc. ("Pristine") for a purchase price of approximately $3,200,000.  The
        results of Pristine's  operations have been included in the consolidated
        financial  statements since that date. The acquisition was accounted for
        as a purchase transaction.  Pristine sells water treatment chemicals and
        services to  municipal  water  utilities,  and boiler and water  cooling
        chemicals  and services to  industrial  and  commercial  markets.  It is
        expected that Pristine will  complement  the operations of the Company's
        Stiles-Kem Division.

        The  acquisition was completed by issuing Common Stock from the treasury
        valued at  $1,600,000  (113,475  shares),  a cash  payment of  $400,000,
        promissory  notes payable for $1,200,000,  plus  acquisition  costs. The
        notes are payable over a four-year  period in  installments  of $300,000
        annually,  plus interest at a fixed rate of 4.75% (see Note 6). Goodwill
        totalling approximately $3,018,000 was acquired.

        The  following  unaudited pro forma  summary  presents the  consolidated
        results of  operations  for the fiscal years ended  January 31, 2003 and
        2002 as if the Company had acquired Pristine on February 1, 2001:


                                                        January 31,
                                                 2003                 2002
                                         -------------------------------------
        Net sales                            $70,391,540          $72,306,135
        Income before taxes                    9,085,238           10,199,364
        Net income                             5,996,257            6,476,596

        Earnings per share, basic                   $.97                $1.06
        Earnings per share, diluted                 $.96                $1.05
                                         =====================================



                                       27
<PAGE>

                               MET-PRO CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         FOR THE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2003, 2002 AND 2001 (Continued)


NOTE 4: INVENTORIES

        Inventories consisted of the following:

                                                        January 31,
                                                2003                  2002
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------
        Raw materials                        $7,066,298            $7,369,965
        Work in process                       1,366,127             1,559,273
        Finished goods                        4,941,703             4,772,438
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            $13,374,128           $13,701,676
        ======================================================================

        At  January  31,  2003 and  2002,  inventories  valued  at the  last-in,
        first-out method ("LIFO") were $2,257,859 and $2,211,522,  respectively.
        The  LIFO  value of  inventories  was  lower  than  replacement  cost by
        $942,516 and $909,793 at January 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

        The  book  basis  of  LIFO   inventories   exceeded  the  tax  basis  by
        approximately  $1,026,000  at both January 31, 2003 and 2002 as a result
        of applying the  provisions of Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion No.
        16,  "Business  Combinations",  to an  acquisition  completed in a prior
        year.


NOTE 5: PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

        Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

                                                   January 31,
                                               2003          2002
        ------------------------------------------------------------
        Land                               $2,057,581    $1,963,882
        Buildings and improvements         11,040,510    10,808,463
        Machinery and equipment            11,324,083    10,391,578
        Furniture and fixtures              4,485,052     4,300,390
        Automotive equipment                  982,895     1,016,212
        Construction in progress               87,059       619,089
        ------------------------------------------------------------
                                           29,977,180    29,099,614
        Less accumulated depreciation      18,026,758    16,594,500
        ------------------------------------------------------------
                                          $11,950,422   $12,505,114
        ============================================================

        Depreciation  of property,  plant and  equipment  charged to  operations
        amounted to $1,486,083, $1,461,478 and $1,454,467 for the years ended in
        2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.



                                       28
<PAGE>

                               MET-PRO CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         FOR THE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2003, 2002 AND 2001 (Continued)


NOTE 6: DEBT

        Short-term debt:

        The Company has available both domestic and foreign  unsecured  lines of
        credit totalling  $5,000,000 which can be used for working capital.  The
        lines of credit were not used during either year.

        Long-term debt:

        Long-term debt consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                January 31,
                                                          2003               2002
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
        <S>                                            <C>                <C>
        Note payable, bank, payable in
            quarterly installments of $300,000,
            plus interest at a fixed rate swap of
            5.98%, maturing October, 2008              $6,900,000         $8,100,000

        Various equipment notes, payable in monthly
            installments ranging from $455 to
            $1,074, maturing November
            2004 through March 2005, no
            interest                                       71,702             91,303

        Notes payable, payable in annual
            installments of $300,000, plus
            interest at a fixed rate of 4.75%,
            maturing May, 2006                          1,200,000                  -
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        8,171,702          8,191,303
        Less current portion                            1,536,926          1,231,469
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        6,634,776          6,959,834
        Fair market value of interest rate
            swap liability                                477,219            165,361
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Long-term portion                              $7,111,995         $7,125,195
        =============================================================================
</TABLE>
        The note  payable,  bank is  subject  to  certain  covenants,  including
        maintenance of prescribed  amounts of leverage and fixed charge coverage
        ratios.


                                       29
<PAGE>

                               MET-PRO CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         FOR THE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2003, 2002 AND 2001 (Continued)


        Maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

                        Year Ending
                        January 31,
        ---------------------------------------------------------------
                           2004                       $1,536,926
                           2005                        1,533,866
                           2006                        1,500,910
                           2007                        1,500,000
                           2008                        1,200,000
                        Thereafter                       900,000
        ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      $8,171,702
        ===============================================================

        Interest expense was $505,394, $557,855 and $694,112 for the years ended
        in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.


NOTE 7: STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

        On  December  15,  2000,  the Company  announced  a 300,000  share stock
        repurchase  program,  which began after the Company's  February 21, 2000
        stock  repurchase  program was  completed.  During the fiscal year ended
        January 31, 2003,  the Company  repurchased  19,941 shares of its Common
        Stock at a cost of $0.3  million.  At January 31, 2003,  the Company had
        the authority to repurchase  230,968  shares under the December 15, 2000
        stock repurchase program.

        The Company has a Shareholders'  Rights Plan,  under which the Company's
        Board of  Directors  declared a dividend  of one Right for each share of
        Company Common Stock owned. The Plan provides,  under certain conditions
        involving  acquisition  of the Company's  Common Stock,  that holders of
        Rights,  except for the acquiring entity,  would be entitled to purchase
        shares of Common Stock of the Company,  or acquiring  company,  having a
        value of twice the Rights'  exercise  price.  The Rights  under the Plan
        expire in 2010.


NOTE 8: INCOME TAXES

        The provision for income taxes was comprised of the following:

                                   2003              2002              2001
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------
        Current
           Federal              $2,291,842        $2,675,479        $3,408,005
           State                   275,729           552,851           662,757
           Foreign                  91,894           173,889           243,023
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 2,659,465         3,402,219         4,313,785
        Deferred                   379,874           155,419           256,998
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                $3,039,339        $3,557,638        $4,570,783
        =======================================================================


                                       30
<PAGE>

                               MET-PRO CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         FOR THE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2003, 2002 AND 2001 (Continued)


        Deferred   income  taxes   reflect  the  net  tax  effect  of  temporary
        differences  between the carrying  amounts of assets and liabilities for
        financial  reporting  purposes  and the  amounts  used  for  income  tax
        purposes.   Significant  components  of  the  net  deferred  tax  assets
        (liabilities) were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            2003                2002
        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        <S>                                              <C>                <C>
        Deferred tax assets
           Inventory cost capitalization                  $152,674            $163,501
           Pension cost                                    639,327             597,996
           Non-compete agreements                          395,783             463,236
           Excess of tax over book basis of
               property acquired in acquisition              8,954                   -
           Other                                           449,226             181,374
        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Total deferred tax assets                 1,645,964           1,406,107
        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

        Deferred tax liabilities
           Accelerated depreciation                        478,219             308,424
           Inventory - Dean Pump Division                  364,438             374,706
           Excess of book over tax basis of
               property acquired in acquisitions                 -               8,893
           Goodwill                                        981,947             692,897
        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Total deferred tax liabilities            1,824,604           1,384,920
        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)     ($178,640)            $21,187
        ===============================================================================
</TABLE>

        A  reconciliation  of the  federal  statutory  rate  and  the  Company's
        effective tax rate is presented as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                2003                     2002                       2001
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        <S>                                          <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>             <C>
        Computed expected
          tax expense
          (federal)                                  $3,035,424     34.0%      $3,313,965     34.0%      $4,197,131      34.0%

        State income taxes,
          net of federal
          income tax benefit                            188,981      2.1          306,012      3.2          403,528       3.2
        Other                                          (185,066)    (2.1)         (62,339)     (.7)         (29,876)      (.2)
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Effective income taxes                       $3,039,339     34.0%      $3,557,638     36.5%      $4,570,783      37.0%
        ======================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


NOTE 9: LEASES AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

        The Company has various real estate operating leases for warehouse space
        and office space for sales, general and administrative purposes.  Future
        minimum lease payments under these  non-cancelable  operating  leases at
        January  31, 2003 were as  follows:

                         2004                         $260,829
                         2005                          201,419
                         2006                          147,761
                         2007                          119,189
                         2008                          107,206

        Rental expense for the above operating  leases during the years ended in
        2003, 2002 and 2001 was $466,911, $474,910 and $411,929, respectively.



                                       31
<PAGE>

                               MET-PRO CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         FOR THE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2003, 2002 AND 2001 (Continued)

NOTE 10: EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

        Pension Plans:

        The Company has several defined benefit pension plans covering  eligible
        employees in the United States. The Company  contributes  amounts to the
        plans equal to the amounts that are tax deductible.

        A minimum  pension  liability  adjustment  was  recorded  in the  fourth
        quarter of the fiscal year ended January 31, 2003 as a liability  with a
        corresponding decrease to stockholders' equity. At January 31, 2003, the
        Company  recorded  an  after-tax  charge  to  stockholders'   equity  of
        $128,983.

        Net periodic pension cost (income) included the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 2003            2002            2001
        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        <S>                                  <C>             <C>             <C>
         Service cost - benefits earned
            during the period                  $574,129        $570,695        $583,387
         Interest cost on projected
            benefit obligation                  881,278         836,860         788,141
         Expected return on assets           (1,064,136)     (1,178,322)     (1,158,685)
         Amortization                            31,332        (440,135)       (515,449)
        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               $422,603       ($210,902)      ($302,606)
        ================================================================================
</TABLE>

        The following table sets forth the plans' change in benefit obligations,
        change in plan assets and amounts  recognized in the  Company's  balance
        sheet at January 31, 2003 and 2002:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   2003                2002
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        <S>                                                   <C>                  <C>
        Change in benefit obligation:
        Benefit obligation at beginning of year               $12,876,395          $10,532,088
            Service cost                                          574,129              570,695
            Interest cost                                         881,278              836,860
            Actuarial (gain) loss                                (302,479)             911,170
            Benefits paid                                        (666,722)            (634,258)
            Other                                                  44,698              659,840
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Benefit obligation at end of year                     $13,407,299          $12,876,395
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

        Change in plan assets:
        Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year        $12,125,268          $15,003,327
            Actual loss on plan assets                         (1,080,918)          (2,303,801)
            Employer contribution                                 460,000               60,000
            Benefits paid                                        (666,722)            (634,258)
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Fair value of plan assets at end of year              $10,837,628          $12,125,268
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

        Funded status                                         ($2,569,671)           ($751,127)
            Unrecognized actuarial (gain) loss                    130,739           (1,766,672)
            Unrecognized transition (asset)                      (112,920)            (123,435)
            Unrecognized prior service costs                      936,738              988,723
            Contribution after measurement date, prior year        15,000               15,000
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Net amount recognized                                 ($1,600,114)         ($1,637,511)
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

        Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:
        Accrued benefit liability                             ($1,600,114)         ($1,637,511)
        =======================================================================================
</TABLE>


                                       32
<PAGE>

                               MET-PRO CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         FOR THE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2003, 2002 AND 2001 (Continued)


        Assumptions used in the accounting for pension costs were:

                                             2003          2002          2001
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------
        Discount rate                        7.00%         7.00%         7.75%
        Rate of increase in
          compensation levels
          (where applicable)                 4.50%         4.50%         4.50%
        Expected long-term rate of
          return on assets                   9.00%         9.00%         8.00%
        ======================================================================

        Directors' Benefit Plan:

        The Company also  provides a  non-qualified  pension plan for  Directors
        which is  presently  unfunded.  The plan is designed to provide  pension
        benefits  based on the  category of the  Director and length of service.
        The aggregate benefit  obligation  payable in the future under the terms
        of the Plan was  $711,693  and  $708,881  at January  31, 2003 and 2002,
        respectively.  The amounts  applicable are included in the tables above.
        This plan was discontinued in December 1999 as to non-vested Directors.

        Defined Contribution Plan:

        The Company has a 401(k)  profit  sharing plan in which all employees of
        the Company in the United States are eligible to participate in the plan
        following  completion  of one  year of  service  and  attaining  age 21.
        Pursuant  to this  plan,  employees  can  contribute  up to 25% of their
        compensation to the Plan. The Company will match, in the form of Met-Pro
        Common  Stock,  up to  50% of the  employee's  contribution  up to 4% of
        compensation.  The Company provided for cash contributions to the 401(k)
        profit  sharing plan of $206,257,  $206,866 and $208,975,  for the years
        ended January 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

        Employees' Stock Ownership Trust:

        The Company  sponsors an employee  stock  ownership  plan under which it
        makes  discretionary  contributions  to the  trust  either in cash or in
        stock  of the  Company  for  salaried  employees  in the  United  States
        eligible to participate in the plan.  There were no contributions to the
        Employees'  Stock  Ownership  Trust for the fiscal  years ended in 2003,
        2002 and 2001. All shares are considered to be allocated to participants
        or to be released for  allocation to  participants,  and are included in
        the earnings per share computations.

        Stock Option Plans:

        In 1991,  the Board of Directors of the Company  approved a stock option
        plan covering  100,000 shares  (increased to 225,000 shares after giving
        effect to stock  splits and stock  dividends),  that was approved by the
        Company's  stockholders at the 1992 meeting of  stockholders  (the "1992
        Plan").  In 1997, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a stock
        option plan covering  350,000  shares that was approved by the Company's
        stockholders at the 1997 meeting of stockholders  (the "1997 Plan").  In
        2001, the Board of Directors of the Company approved an equity incentive
        plan  covering  350,000  shares  that  was  approved  by  the  Company's
        stockholders at the 2001 meeting of stockholders  (the "2001 Plan").  As
        of January 31,  2003,  the Company had not granted any options  from the
        2001 Plan.  All of these plans  contain  anti-dilution  provisions  that
        apply to stock splits and stock dividends declared by the Company.

                                       33
<PAGE>

                               MET-PRO CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         FOR THE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2003, 2002 AND 2001 (Continued)

        The status of the plans was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

        1992 Plan                                      2003                      2002                      2001
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>                       <C>                       <C>
        Options outstanding, beginning                      -                   121,025                   121,025
           Grants                                           -                         -                         -
           Exercises                                        -                   113,525                         -
           Cancellations                                    -                     7,500                         -
        Options outstanding, ending                         -                         -                   121,025

        Options price range at January 31                   -                     $5.00                     $5.00
                                                                                    to                        to
                                                                                 $13.13                    $13.13

        Options exercisable at January 31                   -                         -                   121,025
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Options available for grant at January 31           0                         0                         0


        1997 Plan                                      2003                      2002                      2001
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Options outstanding, beginning                203,375                   132,075                   134,950
           Grants                                      93,500                    83,800                     1,325
           Exercises                                   32,525                    12,500                         -
           Cancellations                                3,800                         -                     4,200
        Options outstanding, ending                   260,550                   203,375                   132,075

        Options price range at January 31               $9.75                     $9.75                     $9.75
                                                          to                        to                        to
                                                       $15.50                    $15.50                    $15.50
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Options exercisable at January 31             230,781                   145,655                    95,324
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Options available for grant at January 31       9,425                   102,925                   186,725
        ==========================================================================================================
</TABLE>

        The weighted  average  exercise  prices of the Company's  employee stock
        option plans were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        2003                      2002                     2001
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>                       <C>                      <C>
        Options outstanding, beginning                 $11.26                    $ 9.75                    $9.76
           Grants                                      $13.15                    $12.08                    $9.75
           Exercises                                   $10.86                    $ 8.67                        -
           Cancellations                               $12.87                    $13.13                    $9.88
        Options outstanding, ending                    $11.97                    $11.26                    $9.75
        ==========================================================================================================
</TABLE>












                                       34
<PAGE>

                               MET-PRO CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         FOR THE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2003, 2002 AND 2001 (Continued)


NOTE 11:  OTHER INCOME, NET

          Other income, net, was comprised of the following:

                                              2003      2002        2001
        ------------------------------------------------------------------
        Gain/(loss) on sales of property
          and equipment                      $5,248  $472,895    ($12,656)
        Other, primarily interest income    272,878   379,990     537,385
        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           $278,126  $852,885    $524,729


NOTE 12: BUSINESS SEGMENT DATA

        The  Company's  operations  are  conducted in two  business  segments as
        follows: the manufacture and sale of product  recovery/pollution control
        equipment, and the manufacture and sale of fluid handling equipment.

        No  significant  intercompany  revenue is  realized  by either  business
        segment.  Interest income and expense are not included in the measure of
        segment  profit  reviewed  by  management.  Income  taxes  are  also not
        included  in  the  measure  of  segment  operating  profit  reviewed  by
        management.

        Financial information by business segment is shown on page 22.


NOTE 13: GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

        Transfers  between  geographic  areas  are  accounted  for at  cost  and
        consistent with rules and regulations of governing tax authorities. Such
        transfers  are  eliminated  in the  consolidated  financial  statements.
        Income from operations by geographic  segment  includes an allocation of
        general corporate  expenses.  Identifiable  assets are those that can be
        directly associated with the geographic area. Geographic information for
        the three years ended January 31 is presented in the following table:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     2003                   2002                   2001
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        <S>                                      <C>                    <C>                    <C>
        Net sales:
            United States                        $58,934,875            $59,052,391            $64,569,224
            Foreign                               10,684,507             11,036,055             16,634,326
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 $69,619,382            $70,088,446            $81,203,550
        ===================================================================================================

        Income from operations:
            United States                         $8,093,077             $8,337,026            $10,822,911
            Foreign                                1,061,909              1,114,899              1,690,975
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  $9,154,986             $9,451,925            $12,513,886
        ===================================================================================================

        Total assets:
            United States                        $69,012,399            $63,813,498            $64,620,734
            Foreign                                4,742,272              4,256,694              4,530,607
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 $73,754,671            $68,070,192            $69,151,341
        ===================================================================================================
</TABLE>





                                       35
<PAGE>

                               MET-PRO CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         FOR THE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2003, 2002 AND 2001 (Continued)


NOTE 14: CONTINGENCIES

        Recently there appears to have been a significant  increase,  in certain
        states,   in   asbestos-related   litigation   claims  against  numerous
        industrial  companies,  particularly  companies  in the pump  and  fluid
        handling industries.  During the last year, the Company was named as one
        of many  defendants  in a  number  of such  cases  filed in one of these
        states,  Mississippi.  The Company, along with the other defendants,  is
        alleged  to have  sold  products  containing  asbestos,  although  as of
        January 31, 2003, none of the Company's  products have been specifically
        identified by any plaintiff in any case as a cause of alleged  injuries.
        The Company  believes  that it has defenses to the claims that have been
        asserted. Although the Company is vigorously defending all of the cases,
        the amount  expended by the Company to date in responding to these cases
        has not been material, as most of the costs have been paid by insurance.
        Given the current status of these cases, it is not possible to determine
        the  Company's  potential  liability,  if any, and no provision has been
        made in the Company's financial statements for any such claims.

        In addition, the Company is party in a small number of legal proceedings
        arising out of the  ordinary  course of  business.  Management  does not
        currently  believe that these  proceedings  will  materially  impact the
        Company's results of operations, liquidity or financial condition.






















                                       36
<PAGE>

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      Earnings        Earnings
                                                                                      Per Share,      Per Share,
2002                            Net Sales          Gross Profit      Net Income         Basic          Diluted
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>                  <C>              <C>                <C>             <C>
First Quarter                  $17,556,044          $6,417,658       $1,635,715         $.27            $.27
Second Quarter                  20,371,781           6,928,802        1,856,419          .30             .30
Third Quarter                   16,363,945           5,357,408        1,355,325          .22             .22
Fourth Quarter                  15,796,676           5,324,364        1,341,858          .22             .22

                                                                                      Earnings        Earnings
                                                                                      Per Share,      Per Share,
2003                            Net Sales          Gross Profit      Net Income         Basic          Diluted
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First Quarter                  $16,193,880          $5,528,831       $1,200,128         $.20            $.20
Second Quarter                  18,278,083           6,176,474        1,433,166          .23             .23
Third Quarter                   16,671,696           6,045,425        1,440,616          .23             .23
Fourth Quarter                  18,475,723           6,429,095        1,814,469          .29             .29
</TABLE>


Item 9. Changes  in  and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
        Financial Disclosure:

        During  the  period  since  before   February  1,  2001,  the  Company's
independent auditors have been the same firm.


                                    PART III


Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant:

        The  information  required by this Item (except for the  information set
forth on page 6 with respect to Executive  Officers of the Registrant) is hereby
incorporated  by  reference  to the  information  set forth  under the  captions
"Election of Directors" and "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management"  contained in the Company's  definitive Proxy Statement for its 2003
Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders,  to be filed with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission within 120 days following the end of the Company's fiscal year.


Item 11. Executive Compensation:

        The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  hereby  incorporated  by
reference to the information set forth under the caption "Executive Compensation
and Other Information" contained in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement for
its 2003 Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders,  to be filed with the  Securities and
Exchange  Commission  within 120 days following the end of the Company's  fiscal
year.


Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management:

        The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  hereby  incorporated  by
reference to the information set forth under the caption "Security  Ownership of
Certain Beneficial Owners and Management"  contained in the Company's definitive
Proxy  Statement for its 2003 Annual Meeting of  Stockholders,  to be filed with
the Securities and Exchange  Commission within 120 days following the end of the
Company's fiscal year.


Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions:

        The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  hereby  incorporated  by
reference  to  the  information  set  forth  under  the  captions  "Election  of
Directors"  and "Certain  Business  Relationships"  contained  in the  Company's
definitive  Proxy Statement for its 2003 Annual Meeting of  Stockholders,  to be
filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission within 120 days following the
end of the Company's fiscal year.


                                       37
<PAGE>

                                     PART IV


Item 14. Controls and Procedures:

        Within  the  ninety  (90) day  period  prior to the date of this  Annual
Report on Form 10-K, we carried out an evaluation,  under the supervision of and
with the  participation of our management  including the Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of
our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-14 and 15d-14 of the
Securities   Exchange  Act  of  1934  (the  "Exchange  Act").  Based  upon  that
evaluation,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer
concluded that our disclosures are effective in timely alerting them to material
information relating to us, including our consolidated subsidiaries, required to
be included in our Exchange Act filing.

        There have been no  significant  changes in our internal  controls or in
other factors that could significantly affect controls subsequent to the date we
carried out our evaluation.


Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K:

        A.  Financial statements:

            Financial  statements filed as part of this report are listed in the
            Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data on
            page 16.

        B.  Reports on Form 8-K:

            The Company did not file any Current  Reports on Form 8-K during the
            fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report.

        C.  Exhibits, Including Those Incorporated by Reference:

            See the Exhibit Index which follows.






















                                       38
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  Registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                                      MET-PRO CORPORATION


  April 28, 2003                                By: /s/ Raymond J. De Hont
- ------------------                              --------------------------------
      Date                                            Raymond J. De Hont
                                                   Chief Executive Officer
                                                        and Director


Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following  persons on behalf of the  Registrant and
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.



       Signature                           Title                      Date
       ---------                           -----                    ---------

    /s/ William L. Kacin                 Chairman,                April 28, 2003
- ----------------------------
      William L. Kacin




   /s/ Raymond J. De Hont                President,               April 28, 2003
- ----------------------------          Chief Executive
      Raymond J. De Hont                Officer and
                                         Director


     /s/ Gary J. Morgan            Vice President-Finance,        April 28, 2003
- ----------------------------        Secretary, Treasurer,
       Gary J. Morgan              Chief Financial Officer,
                                  Chief Accounting Officer
                                        and Director


       /s/ Alan Lawley                      Director              April 28, 2003
- ----------------------------
         Alan Lawley


  /s/ Nicholas DeBenedictis                 Director              April 28, 2003
- ----------------------------
    Nicholas DeBenedictis


   /s/ Jeffrey H. Nicholas                  Director              April 28, 2003
- ----------------------------
    Jeffrey H. Nicholas


    /s/ Michael J. Morris                   Director              April 28, 2003
- ----------------------------
      Michael J. Morris


                                       39
<PAGE>

                               MET-PRO CORPORATION

                         CERTIFICATION UNDER SECTION 302
                        OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002


I, Raymond J. De Hont, certify that:

     1.   I  have   reviewed   this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of  Met-Pro
          Corporation;

     2.   Based on my knowledge,  this Annual Report does not contain any untrue
          statement  of a  material  fact  or  omit to  state  a  material  fact
          necessary to make the statements  made, in light of the  circumstances
          under which such  statements were made, not misleading with respect to
          the period covered by this Annual Report;

     3.   Based on my knowledge,  the financial statements,  and other financial
          information  included in this  Annual  Report,  fairly  present in all
          material respects the financial  condition,  results of operations and
          cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods  presented in
          this Annual Report;

     4.   The registrant's  other certifying  officers and I are responsible for
          establishing  and maintaining  disclosure  controls and procedures (as
          defined in Exchange  Act Rules  13a-14 and 15d-14) for the  registrant
          and we have:

          a)   designed such  disclosure  controls and procedures to ensure that
               material  information  relating to the registrant,  including its
               consolidated  subsidiaries,  is made known to us by others within
               those  entities,  particularly  during  the  period in which this
               Annual Report is being prepared;

          b)   evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's   disclosure
               controls  and  procedures  as of a date  within  ninety (90) days
               prior to the filing date of this Annual  Report (the  "Evaluation
               Date"); and

          c)   presented  in  this  Annual  Report  our  conclusions  about  the
               effectiveness of the disclosure  controls and procedures based on
               our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

     5.   The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based
          on our most recent  evaluation,  to the registrant's  auditors and the
          audit  committee  of  registrant's  board  of  directors  (or  persons
          performing the equivalent function):

          a)   all  significant  deficiencies  in the  design  or  operation  of
               internal  controls which could adversely  affect the registrant's
               ability to record,  process,  summarize and report financial data
               and have  identified for the  registrant's  auditors any material
               weaknesses in internal controls; and

               b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management
                    or  other  employees  who  have a  significant  role  in the
                    registrant's internal controls; and

     6.   The  registrant's  other  certifying  officers and I have indicated in
          this Annual Report  whether or not there were  significant  changes in
          internal controls or in other factors that could significantly  affect
          internal   controls   subsequent  to  the  date  of  our  most  recent
          evaluation,   including   any   corrective   actions  with  regard  to
          significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.


/s/ Raymond J. De Hont                                     April 28, 2003
- -------------------------
Raymond J. De Hont
Chief Executive Officer

                                       40
<PAGE>

                               MET-PRO CORPORATION

                         CERTIFICATION UNDER SECTION 302
                        OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002


I, Gary J. Morgan, certify that:

     1.   I  have   reviewed   this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of  Met-Pro
          Corporation;

     2.   Based on my knowledge,  this Annual Report does not contain any untrue
          statement  of a  material  fact  or  omit to  state  a  material  fact
          necessary to make the statements  made, in light of the  circumstances
          under which such  statements were made, not misleading with respect to
          the period covered by this Annual Report;

     3.   Based on my knowledge,  the financial statements,  and other financial
          information  included in this  Annual  Report,  fairly  present in all
          material respects the financial  condition,  results of operations and
          cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods  presented in
          this Annual Report;

     4.   The registrant's  other certifying  officers and I are responsible for
          establishing  and maintaining  disclosure  controls and procedures (as
          defined in Exchange  Act Rules  13a-14 and 15d-14) for the  registrant
          and we have:

          a)   designed such  disclosure  controls and procedures to ensure that
               material  information  relating to the registrant,  including its
               consolidated  subsidiaries,  is made known to us by others within
               those  entities,  particularly  during  the  period in which this
               Annual Report is being prepared;

          b)   evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's   disclosure
               controls  and  procedures  as of a date  within  ninety (90) days
               prior to the filing date of this Annual  Report (the  "Evaluation
               Date"); and

          c)   presented  in  this  Annual  Report  our  conclusions  about  the
               effectiveness of the disclosure  controls and procedures based on
               our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

     5.   The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based
          on our most recent  evaluation,  to the registrant's  auditors and the
          audit  committee  of  registrant's  board  of  directors  (or  persons
          performing the equivalent function):

          a)   all  significant  deficiencies  in the  design  or  operation  of
               internal  controls which could adversely  affect the registrant's
               ability to record,  process,  summarize and report financial data
               and have  identified for the  registrant's  auditors any material
               weaknesses in internal controls; and

          b)   any fraud,  whether or not material,  that involves management or
               other employees who have a significant  role in the  registrant's
               internal controls; and

     6.   The  registrant's  other  certifying  officers and I have indicated in
          this Annual Report  whether or not there were  significant  changes in
          internal controls or in other factors that could significantly  affect
          internal   controls   subsequent  to  the  date  of  our  most  recent
          evaluation,   including   any   corrective   actions  with  regard  to
          significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.


/s/ Gary J. Morgan                                         April 28, 2003
- ----------------------------
Gary J. Morgan
Chief Financial Officer

                                       41
<PAGE>

                                  Exhibit Index


         Exhibit No.               Description
         -----------               -----------

         (2)(a)   Agreement  and Plan of Merger dated  September 12, 1996 by and
                  between Met-Pro Corporation,  Met-Pro Acquisition Corporation,
                  Strobic Air Corporation,  Lynn T. Secrest,  Ronald H. Secrest,
                  Richard P.  Secrest and John W. Stone,  III.  Incorporated  by
                  reference to Registrant's  Registration  Statement on Form S-3
                  (File No. 333-13929), declared effective December 31, 1996.

         (2)(b)   Asset  Purchase   Agreement   dated  October  29,  1998  among
                  Flex-Kleen   Corporation,   Flex-Kleen  Canada  Limited,  Aqua
                  Alliance,  Inc., AWT Air Company Inc., 1321249 Ontario Limited
                  and  Met-Pro   Corporation.   Incorporated   by  reference  to
                  Company's Registration Statement on Form 8-K filed on November
                  13, 1998 and amended on January 12, 1999.

         (3)(a)   Restated   Certificate  of   Incorporation,   incorporated  by
                  reference  to  Company's  Registration  Statement  on Form 8-A
                  filed June 12, 1998.

         (3)(b)   Certificate  of Amendment  of  Certificate  of  Incorporation,
                  incorporated  by reference to Company's  Annual Report on Form
                  10-K filed April 24, 1998.

         (3)(c)   By-Laws as amended through  February 7, 1968,  incorporated by
                  reference to Company's  Registration  Statement  No.  2-26979,
                  declared effective October 15, 1968.

         (3)(d)   Amendments to By-Laws  adopted June 3, 1987, July 18, 1978 and
                  June  15,  1977,   incorporated   by  reference  to  Company's
                  Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed June 12, 1998.

         (3)(e)   Amendments to By-Laws adopted February 21, 2000,  incorporated
                  by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed
                  April 27, 2000.

         (4)      Stockholders'  Rights  Plan,   incorporated  by  reference  to
                  Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2000.

         (10)(a)  The 1992 Stock  Option  Plan,  incorporated  by  reference  to
                  Company's  Registration  Statement  on Form S-8 filed June 13,
                  2000.*

         (10)(b)  The 1997 Stock  Option  Plan,  incorporated  by  reference  to
                  Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed January 16,
                  1998.*

         (10)(c)  Amendment No. 1 to the 1992 Stock Option Plan, incorporated by
                  reference to Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on May
                  4, 2001.*

         (10)(d)  Amendment No. 1 to the 1997 Stock Option Plan, incorporated by
                  reference to Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on May
                  4, 2001.*

         (10)(e)  Key Employee Severance  Agreement between Met-Pro  Corporation
                  and William L. Kacin,  incorporated  by reference to Company's
                  Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on May 4, 2001.*

         (10)(f)  Key Employee Severance  Agreement between Met-Pro  Corporation
                  and Gary J.  Morgan,  incorporated  by  reference to Company's
                  Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on May 4, 2001.*

         (10)(g)  Key Employee Severance  Agreement between Met-Pro  Corporation
                  and Raymond J. De Hont, incorporated by reference to Company's
                  Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on May 4, 2001.*

         (10)(h)  Amendment to Key Employee Severance  Agreement between Met-Pro
                  Corporation and William L. Kacin, incorporated by reference to
                  Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on May 4, 2001.*

                                       42
<PAGE>

                                  Exhibit Index


         Exhibit No.               Description
         -----------               -----------

         (10)(i)  Amendment to Key Employee Severance  Agreement between Met-Pro
                  Corporation  and Gary J. Morgan,  incorporated by reference to
                  Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on May 4, 2001.*

         (10)(j)  The Company's  Director's  Retirement  Plan,  incorporated  by
                  reference to Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on May
                  4, 2001.*

         (10)(k)  Amendment No. 1 to the Company's  Director's  Retirement Plan,
                  incorporated  by reference to Company's  Annual Report on Form
                  10-K filed on May 4, 2001.*

         (10)(l)  Amendment No. 2 to the Company's  Director's  Retirement Plan,
                  incorporated  by reference to Company's  Annual Report on Form
                  10-K filed on May 4, 2001.*

         (10)(m)  Restoration Plan, effective February 1, 2000,  incorporated by
                  reference to Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on May
                  4, 2001.*

         (10)(n)  Amendment   No.   1  to  the   Company's   Restoration   Plan,
                  incorporated  by reference to Company's  Annual Report on Form
                  10-K filed on May 4, 2001.*

         (10)(o)  Additional  1%   Supplemental   Executive   Retirement   Plan,
                  effective  February  1, 2000,  incorporated  by  reference  to
                  Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on May 4, 2001.*

         (10)(p)  The 2001 Equity  Incentive Plan,  incorporated by reference to
                  Company's  Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed August 22,
                  2001.*

         (10)(q)  Year  2000  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan,  incorporated  by
                  reference to the Company's  Registration Statement on Form S-8
                  filed on June 13, 2000.*

         (10)(r)  Salaried Pension Plan Amended and Restated effective September
                  1, 2000.*

         (10)(s)  First Amendment to the Company's  Salaried  Pension Plan dated
                  August 15, 2002.*

         (10)(t)  Second Amendment to the Company's  Salaried Pension Plan dated
                  October 23, 2002.*

         (10)(u)  Amendment No. 3 to the Company's  Directors'  Retirement  Plan
                  dated as of February 24, 2003.*

         (10)(v)  Amendment No. 1 to the Company's  Additional 1 %  Supplemental
                  Executive Plan dated as of March 21, 2003.*

         (10)(w)  Directors  Retirement  Plan  Trust  dated as of  February  11,
                  2000.*

         (10)(x)  Amendment No. 1 to the Company's  Directors'  Retirement  Plan
                  Trust dated as of February 24, 2003.*

         (10)(y)  Amendment No. 2 to the Company's  Directors'  Retirement  Plan
                  Trust dated as of February 24, 2003.*

         (10)(z)  Restoration and Supplemental  Executive  Retirement Plan Trust
                  Agreement dated as of February 11, 2000.*

         (10)(aa) Amendment No. 1 to the Company's  Restoration and Supplemental
                  Executive Retirement Plan Trust Agreement dated as of February
                  24, 2003.*

         (11)     Statement Re-computation of Per Share Earnings. See page 18 of
                  Item 8.

                                       43
<PAGE>

                                  Exhibit Index


         Exhibit No.               Description
         -----------               -----------

         (21)     List of Subsidiaries of Registrant:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>               <C>                            <C>                            <C>

                  Corporate                      Jurisdiction of                Name under which Business
                  Name                           Incorporation                  is Conducted
                  ----                           -------------                  ------------
                  Mefiag B.V.                    The Netherlands                Mefiag B.V., a wholly-
                                                                                owned subsidiary of
                                                                                Met-Pro Corporation

                  Flex-Kleen Canada Inc.         Ontario, Canada                Flex-Kleen Canada Inc.,
                                                                                a wholly-owned subsidiary of
                                                                                Met-Pro Corporation

                  Strobic Air Corporation        Delaware                       Strobic Air Corporation,
                                                                                a wholly-owned subsidiary of
                                                                                Met-Pro Corporation

                  MPC Inc.                       Delaware                       MPC Inc.,
                                                                                a wholly-owned subsidiary of
                                                                                Met-Pro Corporation

                  Pristine Hydrochemical Inc.    Delaware                       Pristine Hydrochemical Inc.,
                                                                                a wholly-owned subsidiary of
                                                                                Met-Pro Corporation
</TABLE>

         (23)     Consent of Independent Auditors.

         (99.1)   Certification  Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.  Section 1350, As Adopted
                  Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

         (99.2)   Certification  Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.  Section 1350, As Adopted
                  Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


         The  following  exhibits  required  under  Item 601 of  Regulation  S-K
         promulgated by the Securities & Exchange  Commission  have been omitted
         because they are either inapplicable or non-existent:

         (9)      Voting trust  agreements.
         (12)     Statements  re  computation  of ratios.
         (13)     Annual  report to security  holders.
         (16)     Letter re  change in  certifying  accountant.
         (18)     Letter re  change in  accounting  principles.
         (22)     Published  report  regarding  matters  submitted  to  vote  of
                  security holders.
         (24)     Power of attorney.


         * Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.



                                       44

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>3
<FILENAME>ex10r.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10.R
<TEXT>
                                                                  Exhibit (10.r)






                               MET-PRO CORPORATION
                              SALARIED PENSION PLAN

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           EFFECTIVE SEPTEMBER 1, 2000



<PAGE>



                               MET-PRO CORPORATION
                              SALARIED PENSION PLAN
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           EFFECTIVE SEPTEMBER 1, 2000

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Article                                                                                                       Page
- -------                                                                                                       ----
<S>      <C>
I.       Definitions ...........................................................................................1

II.      Transition and Eligibility to Participate .............................................................8

III.     Service and Credited Service, Transfers ..............................................................10

IV.      Eligibility for Benefits .............................................................................14

V.       Calculation of Benefits ..............................................................................15

VI.      Vesting ..............................................................................................20

VII.     Pre-Retirement Death Benefits ........................................................................21

VIII.    Distribution .........................................................................................23

IX.      Limitation on Benefits ...............................................................................29

X.       Funding ..............................................................................................35

XI.      Administration .......................................................................................36

XII.     Management of Trust Fund .............................................................................38

XIII.    Benefit Claims Procedure .............................................................................39

XIV.     Non-Alienation of Benefits ...........................................................................40

XV.      Designation of Beneficiary ...........................................................................41

XVI.     Amendment and Termination ............................................................................42

XVII.    Top-Heavy Provisions .................................................................................45

XVIII.   General Provisions ...................................................................................49

         Appendix A ...........................................................................................51

         Appendix B............................................................................................53
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


                               MET-PRO CORPORATION

                              SALARIED PENSION PLAN



WHEREAS,   MET-PRO  CORPORATION  ("Company")  adopted  the  Met-Pro  Corporation
Salaried Pension Plan ("Plan"),  effective  September 1, 1968 for certain of its
employees; and

WHEREAS,  under the terms of the Plan,  the Company has the ability to amend the
Plan; and

WHEREAS,  the Company  desires at this time to amend and restate the Plan in its
entirety  to  incorporate  amendments  adopted  since the  previous  restatement
effective  September 1, 1989,  and to comply  with,  inter alia,  the  Uniformed
Services  Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, the Small Business Job
Protection Act of 1996, and the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997;

NOW,  THEREFORE,  effective  September 1, 2000, unless otherwise  provided,  the
Met-Pro Corporation  Salaried Pension Plan is continued,  amended, and restated,
as hereinafter set forth:





















<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS
                                   -----------


Except where otherwise clearly indicated by context, the masculine shall include
the feminine, the singular shall include the plural, and vice-versa.

1.1     "Actuarial  Equivalent" of a given benefit shall mean a benefit  payable
        in a  different  form  from  such  given  benefit  but  having  the same
        actuarial  present  value of such  benefit  taking into  account,  where
        applicable,  the  probability  of  surviving  to  receive  such  benefit
        ("Mortality") and the time value of money ("Interest").  The calculation
        of actuarial present values shall be based on the actuarial  assumptions
        as set forth in Appendix A to this Plan.

1.2     "Actuary" shall mean the firm employing an "enrolled actuary" as defined
        in Section 7701(a)(35) of the Code appointed by the Administrator.

1.3     "Administrator"  shall mean the Company acting through its officers or a
        Committee appointed by the Company under Article XI.

1.4     "Annuity   Starting  Date"  shall  mean  the  first  date  as  of  which
        distribution  of Retirement  Benefits to a Participant is to begin under
        Section 8.3 or the first date as of which distribution of Pre-Retirement
        Death Benefits to a Spouse is to begin under Section 7.3.

1.5     "Average Monthly  Compensation" shall mean the monthly Compensation of a
        Participant  averaged  over the five  consecutive  calendar  years which
        produce  the  highest  monthly  average  within  the last ten  completed
        calendar  years of  employment.  If a  Participant  has less  than  five
        completed  consecutive  calendar years of service,  his Average  Monthly
        Compensation will be based on his monthly Compensation during his months
        of service  from his date of  employment  to the  earlier of the date he
        terminates and the date he has completed 60 months of service.

1.6     "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

1.7     "Break in  Service"  shall mean any Plan Year  during  which an employee
        suffers a Break in Service described in Article III.

1.8     "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may from time
        to time be amended or  supplemented.  References  to any  section of the
        Code  shall  be to  that  section  as it  may  be  renumbered,  amended,
        supplemented or reenacted.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

1.9     "Committee"  shall mean the persons who may be appointed by the Board of
        Directors   to  act  on  behalf  of  the   Company  to   supervise   the
        administration of the Plan, as hereinafter provided.

1.10    "Compensation"  shall  mean  with  respect  to  any  Participant,  total
        Compensation  paid  by the  Company  for  the  calendar  year  excluding
        reimbursement  or other expense  allowances,  fringe  benefits (cash and
        non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation,  and welfare benefits
        but  including any Employee  deferrals  pursuant to Code Sections 125 or
        401(k).  Compensation  shall not exceed the  maximum  amount that may be
        taken into account under Code Section  401(a)(17),  adjusted as provided
        under Code Section 415(d) to reflect increases in the cost of living. In
        applying this limitation,  for Plan Years ending on or before August 31,
        1997,  the  family  group of a  highly  compensated  Participant  who is
        subject to the family member aggregation rules of Code Section 414(q)(6)
        because  such  Participant  is  either  a "Five  Percent  Owner"  of the
        Employer or one of the ten (10) highly  compensated  employees  paid the
        greatest  "415  Compensation"  during  the year,  shall be  treated as a
        single  Participant,  except that for this purpose  family members shall
        include   only  the  affected   Participant's   Spouse  and  any  lineal
        descendants  who have not attained age nineteen (19) before the close of
        the year. If, as a result of the  application of such rules the adjusted
        limitation is exceeded,  then the limitation shall be prorated among the
        affected  family  members in  proportion  to each such  family  member's
        compensation  prior  to  the  application  of  this  limitation,  or the
        limitation  shall  be  adjusted  in  accordance  with any  other  method
        permitted by Regulation.

1.11    "Company"  shall  mean  Met-Pro   Corporation,   including  its  several
        Divisions, and its successors.

1.12    "Corporation Division" shall mean the corporate headquarters unit of the
        Company.

1.13    "Dean  Pump  Division"  shall  mean the Dean Pump  Division  of  Met-Pro
        Corporation.

1.14    "Defined  Benefit Plan" shall mean an employee  benefit plan, as defined
        in Section (3)(3) of ERISA that (a) is maintained by the Company, (b) is
        qualified  under  Sections  401  and 501 of the  Code,  and (c) is not a
        Defined Contribution Plan.

1.15    "Defined  Contribution  Plan" shall mean an employee  benefit  plan,  as
        defined  in  Section  (3)(3)  of  ERISA  that (a) is  maintained  by the
        Company,  (b) is qualified  under  Sections 401 and 501 of the Code, and
        (c)  provides for an  individual  account for each  Participant  and for
        benefits based solely on the amounts credited to those accounts.




                                      -2-
<PAGE>

1.16    "Divisions"   shall  mean  those   divisions  of  the  Company  who  are
        participating  in the Plan and shall include the  Corporation  Division,
        Dean Pump Division,  Fybroc Division,  Keystone Filter Division,  Sethco
        Division,  Stiles-Kem Division,  Systems Division (Non-Oxy), and Systems
        Division (Oxy).  Effective November 1, 1989, "Divisions" shall also mean
        Duall  Division.  Effective  July 1, 1993,  "Divisions"  shall also mean
        Mefiag  Division,  and effective  November 1, 1998,  shall also mean the
        Flex Kleen Division.

1.17    "Duall  Division"  shall mean,  effective  November  1, 1989,  the Duall
        Division of Met-Pro Corporation.

1.18    "Early  Retirement  Date" shall mean the first day of the calendar month
        coincident  with or next  following the day on which a  Participant  (a)
        attains age 55, and (b) is credited with three Years of Service.

1.19    "Effective Date" shall mean September 1, 2000.

1.20    "Eligible  Employee"  shall mean any  salaried  Employee  of the Company
        employed in a Division or by a Subsidiary  who is not a Leased  Employee
        and who is not covered by a collective bargaining agreement,  unless the
        same provides for participation hereunder.

1.21    "Employee"  shall mean  anyone who is  employed  by the  Company or by a
        Subsidiary  of the Company.  Solely for the  requirements  prescribed in
        Code Section  414(n)(3),  Employee shall include Leased Employees within
        the meaning of Code Sections  414(n)(2) and 414(o)(2) unless such Leased
        Employees are covered by a plan described in Code Section  414(n)(5) and
        such  Leased  Employees  do not  constitute  more than 20 percent of the
        recipient's non-highly compensated work force.

        The following  shall not be considered an Employee:  (i) any  individual
        who is  classified  by the  Company or a  Subsidiary  as an  independent
        contractor or self-employed  individual,  whether or not such individual
        is subsequently  determined to have been a common-law employee,  or (ii)
        any individual employed by the Company for a specified limited period of
        time, or for the duration of a specified project, with no expectation of
        long-term  employment  (until and unless such individual is specifically
        notified by the Company in writing  that he is being  reclassified  as a
        regular Employee).

1.22    "ERISA" shall mean the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
        as it may from time to time be amended or  supplemented.  References  to
        any section of ERISA shall be to that  section as it may be  renumbered,
        amended, supplemented or reenacted.

1.23    "Five  Percent  Owner"  shall mean an  Employee  who owns more than five
        percent of the Company (within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1)(B)(i) of
        the Code).

1.24    "Flex  Kleen"  shall mean,  effective  November 1, 1998,  the Flex Kleen
        Division of Met-Pro Corporation.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

1.25    "Fund" shall mean the trust fund established for this Plan, administered
        under the Trust Agreement, out of which benefits payable under this Plan
        shall be paid.

1.26    "Fybroc Division" shall mean Fybroc Division of Met-Pro Corporation.

1.27    "Hour of Service" shall mean an hour for which:

        (a)     an  Employee  is  directly  or  indirectly  paid or  entitled to
                payment by the Company for the performance of employment duties,
                or

        (b)     back pay,  irrespective  of  mitigation  of  damages,  is either
                awarded or agreed to, or

        (c)     an  Employee  is  directly  or  indirectly  paid or  entitled to
                payment by the  Company  on  account of a period of time  during
                which no duties are performed due to vacation, holiday, illness,
                incapacity (including disability),  jury duty, lay-off, leave of
                absence, or military duty.

There shall be excluded from the foregoing  those periods  during which payments
are made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with
applicable  workers'  compensation,  unemployment  compensation,  or  disability
insurance  laws. An Hour of Service  shall not be credited  where an employee is
being reimbursed solely for medical or medically related expenses.

Hours of Service shall not be credited twice. Hours of Service shall be credited
in accordance with the rules set forth in U.S.  Department of Labor  Regulations
2530.200b-2(b) and (c).

Hours of  Service  shall be  credited  for any  individual  considered  a Leased
Employee for purposes of this Plan under Section 414(n) of the Code.

Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Committee  may, in accordance  with uniform
rules nondiscriminatorily applied, elect to credit Hours of Service using one or
more of the following equivalencies:

        Basis Upon Which Records               Credit Granted to Individual
             Are Maintained                             For Period
             --------------                             ----------
                  Shift                        Actual Hours for Full Shift
                   Day                            10 Hours of Service
                  Week                            45 Hours of Service
          Semi-Monthly Period                     95 Hours of Service
                  Month                           190 Hours of Service


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

1.28    "Initial Anniversary Date" shall mean September 1, 1968 for Employees of
        the Corporation and Systems  Division  (Non-Oxy),  September 1, 1975 for
        Employees of Fybroc Division and Keystone Filter Division,  September 1,
        1977 for  Employees of Sethco  Division  and  Stiles-Kem  Division,  and
        September 1, 1979 for Employees of Systems Division (Oxy).

1.29    "Keystone Division" shall mean Keystone Division of Met-Pro Corporation.

1.30    "Late  Retirement  Date" shall mean the first day of the calendar  month
        coincident  with or next  following  the  day on  which a  Participant's
        employment  with the Company has ceased after the  Participant's  Normal
        Retirement Date.

1.31    "Mefiag  Division"  shall include,  effective  July 1, 1993,  only those
        Employees of the Mefiag Division of Met-Pro Corporation who are employed
        in the United States.

1.32    "Normal Retirement Age" shall mean exact age 65.

1.33    "Normal  Retirement Date" shall mean the first day of the calendar month
        coincident with or next following the day on which a Participant attains
        age 65.

1.34    "Participant"  shall mean a participant in this Plan as determined under
        Article 2.

1.35    "Past  Service  Date" shall mean  September 1, 1975 for Employees of the
        Corporation,  Systems (Non-Oxy)  Division,  Fybroc Division and Keystone
        Filter Division;  September 1, 1977 for Employees of Sethco Division and
        Stiles-Kem Division; September 1, 1979 for Employees of Systems Division
        (Oxy); September 1, 1986 for Employees of Dean Pump Division;  effective
        November 1, 1989,  shall mean  September 1, 1990 for  Employees of Duall
        Division;  effective  July 1,  1993,  shall mean  September  1, 1993 for
        Employees of the Mefiag  Division;  and shall also mean February 1, 1997
        for Employees of the Strobic Air  Subsidiary.  "Past Service Date" shall
        mean  September  12,  1996  for  former  Employees  of the  Strobic  Air
        Corporation  (see also Article VI), and shall mean  November 1, 1998 for
        former Employees of the Flex Kleen Division.

1.36    "Plan" shall mean the  retirement  plan set forth in this document as it
        may from time to time be amended or supplemented.

1.37    "Plan Year" shall mean a  twelve-month  period which shall commence each
        September 1 and end on the next following August 31.

1.38    "Pre-Retirement  Death  Benefit"  shall mean the death  benefit  payable
        under Article VII to the  beneficiary  of a Participant  who dies before
        his Annuity Starting Date.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

1.39    "Prior Plan" shall include the Fybroc,  Inc.  Salaried Pension Plan, the
        Keystone  Filter Salaried  Pension Plan, and the Stiles-Kem  Corporation
        Defined Benefit Plan as in effect on April 14, 1978 immediately prior to
        their  amendment and  replacement  in entirety by this Plan on April 15,
        1978. "Prior Plan" shall also include the Oxy-Catalyst,  Inc. Employees'
        Pension  Plan as in  effect  June  30,  1980  immediately  prior  to its
        amendment and replacement in entirety by this Plan on July 1, 1980.

1.40    "Qualified  Domestic Relations Order" is a domestic relations order that
        meets the requirements as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.

1.41    "Qualified  Joint and  Survivor  Annuity"  shall mean an annuity for the
        life of a  Participant  with a  survivor  annuity  for  the  life of the
        Participant's  Spouse  where the  survivor  annuity is 50 percent of the
        amount of the annuity  payable during the joint lives of the Participant
        and the  Participant's  Spouse and the joint and survivor  annuity is at
        least the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of the most  valuable  form of benefit
        under the Plan payable on his Annuity Starting Date.

1.42    "Qualified  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity"  shall  mean  a  survivor
        annuity for the life of the Participant's Spouse. Each payment under the
        survivor annuity shall be equal to:

        (a)     in the case of a Participant who dies after his Early Retirement
                Date and has not had a  Separation  from  Service,  the survivor
                annuity  the  Participant's  Spouse  would have  received if the
                Participant  had a  Retirement  on the day  before his death and
                received  distribution  of benefits in the form of an  immediate
                Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, or

        (b)     in the case of a  Participant  who dies on or  before  his Early
                Retirement  Date  or has  had a  Separation  from  Service,  the
                survivor annuity the Participant's Spouse would have received if
                the  Participant had a Separation from Service on the earlier of
                his actual  Separation  from  Service  and the day of his death,
                survived to the later of his Early  Retirement Date and his date
                of death,  received  distribution  of  benefits in the form of a
                Qualified  Joint and Survivor  Annuity and died on the day after
                the later of his Early Retirement Date and his date of death.

1.43    "Regulations" shall mean the Income Tax Regulation as promulgated by the
        Secretary  of the  Treasury or his  delegate,  and amended  from time to
        time.

1.44    "Rehired  Employee"  shall mean an Employee  who is  re-employed  by the
        Company after Separation from Service.

1.45    "Retirement" shall mean a Participant's  termination of employment on or
        after his Normal or Early Retirement Date.

1.46    "Retirement  Benefit"  shall mean the monthly  benefit that accrues to a
        Participant  under  Article  V.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

1.47    "Separation  From  Service" of an Employee  shall mean the time when the
        employer-employee  relationship  with the Company is terminated  for any
        reason,  including  but not limited to, a  termination  by  resignation,
        discharge, death, total disability, or retirement.

1.48    "Sethco Division" shall mean Sethco Division of Met-Pro Corporation.

1.49    "Six  Months of  Service"  shall  mean the first  consecutive  six-month
        period after the Employee's date of hire with the Company or an acquired
        company or return to service in which the  Employee  completes  at least
        500 Hours of Service.

1.50    "Spouse"  shall mean the person to whom a Participant  is married on the
        applicable date.

1.51    "Stiles-Kem   Division"  shall  mean  Stiles-Kem   Division  of  Met-Pro
        Corporation.

1.52    "Strobic Air  Subsidiary"  shall mean,  effective  February 1, 1997, the
        Strobic Air Corporation, a subsidiary of the Met-Pro Corporation.

1.53    "Subsidiary"  shall  mean  those  subsidiaries  of the  Company  who are
        participating in the Plan and shall include the Strobic Air Subsidiary.

1.54    "Systems  Division  (Non-Oxy)" shall include only those Employees of the
        Systems  Division  of  Met-Pro  Corporation  who were not  employees  of
        Oxy-Catalyst, Inc. on the date of its acquisition by the Company.

1.55    "Systems  Division  (Oxy)" shall include only those Employees of Systems
        Division of Met-Pro Corporation who were employees of Oxy-Catalyst, Inc.
        on the date of its acquisition by the Company.

1.56    "Trust" shall mean the trust  established or maintained  under the Trust
        Agreement.

1.57    "Trust  Agreement" shall mean the agreement  between the Company and the
        Trustee which  provides for the  establishment  or  continuation  of the
        Trust in accordance with Article XII.

1.58    "Trustee"  shall  mean the Bank,  Trust  Company  or  Insurance  Company
        designated as provided under Article XI.

1.59    "Vested   Interest"   shall  mean  the   nonforfeitable   portion  of  a
        Participant's Normal Retirement Benefit.

1.60    "Years of  Credited  Service"  shall mean the number of full and partial
        Plan Years counted with respect to determining a  Participant's  Accrued
        Benefit under the Plan, as further described in Article III.


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

1.61    "Years of  Service"  shall mean the number of Plan  Years  counted  with
        respect to  determining  a  Participant's  eligibility  for benefits and
        vested  status under the Plan,  as further  described in Article III and
        Article VI.





























                                      -8-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

                    TRANSITION AND ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE
                    -----------------------------------------



2.1     Rights Affected.  Unless specified to the contrary, each Participant who
        ---------------
        has  retired  or has  terminated  service  with the  Company  before the
        Effective  Date shall receive no  additional  rights as a result of this
        amended  and  restated  Plan,  but shall have his  rights  and  benefits
        determined solely under the Plan as in effect before the Effective Date.
        Any former Employee who has terminated  employment  before the Effective
        Date and who is reemployed as an Employee on or after the Effective Date
        shall have the rights and benefits provided hereunder.

2.2     Preservation   of  Plan  Benefits.   Subject  to  the  maximum   benefit
        ---------------------------------
        limitations,  in no event shall the Accrued  Benefit of a Participant at
        any  time  after  the  Effective  Date be less  than the  amount  of the
        Participant's Accrued Benefit on the day preceding the Effective Date.

2.3     Eligibility to  Participate.  Each Employee who was a Participant in the
        ---------------------------
        Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date and who remains an Eligible
        Employee of the  Company on the  Effective  Date shall be a  Participant
        hereunder as of such date.  Each other Eligible  Employee shall become a
        Participant on the later of (a) the September 1 coincident  with or next
        following the date he completed Six Months of Service,  and (b) the date
        he  qualified  as an  Eligible  Employee,  but not later than six months
        following  the date he completes  1000 Hours of Service in a consecutive
        twelve-month  period.  Effective as of  September  1, 2000,  an Eligible
        Employee  shall become a Participant on the later of his date of hire or
        the date such employee qualifies as an Eligible Employee.

2.4     Cessation of Participant.  A Participant shall cease to be a Participant
        ------------------------
        on the earliest of the following three dates:

        (a)     his date of death,

        (b)     the date all distributions to the Participant have been made,

        (c)     the date he incurs a Break in Service provided that at that time
                he has no  entitlement  to  non-forfeitable  benefits  under the
                Plan.

2.5     Participation  Upon  Reemployment.  If a Rehired  Employee  who is not a
        ---------------------------------
        Participant  before he is rehired is an Eligible Employee as of the date
        he is  reemployed,  and his Break in Service  caused prior service to be
        disregarded,  then the Employee shall be treated as a new Employee. If a
        Rehired  Employee who was not a Participant  before he is rehired or who
        was a Participant  before rehire is an Eligible  Employee as of the date
        he is reemployed and his Break in Service did not cause prior service to
        be  disregarded,  then the employee  shall again become a Participant on
        the date he was rehired.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>


2.6     Plant  Shutdown.  Effective  December 31, 1996 the Systems  Division was
        ---------------
        shut  down.  Each  Participant  in the  Met-Pro  Corporation  Negotiated
        Pension Plan is a Participant  in this Plan  effective June 1, 1997. All
        benefit  provisions  applicable to such  Participants will be determined
        under the Met-Pro Corporation Negotiated Pension Plan.





























                                      -10-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE III

                     SERVICE AND CREDITED SERVICE, TRANSFERS
                     ---------------------------------------


3.1     Past Service shall mean full calendar years and full calendar  months of
        ------------
        service on an elapsed  time basis  (with a full month equal to 1/12 of a
        year)  completed by an Eligible  Employee  after his date of  employment
        with the Company or, if applicable,  his earlier date of employment with
        a company  that has been  acquired by the  Company,  and before his Past
        Service Date.

3.2     Future  Service for  Purposes of Meeting  Eligibility  Requirements  for
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Benefits  and  Vesting.  An Employee  shall accrue a Year of Service for
        ----------------------
        each Plan Year commencing on or after his Past Service Date during which
        he is credited with 1,000 or more Hours of Service.

3.3     Full Years of Future  Credited  Service for Benefit  Accrual.  Except as
        ------------------------------------------------------------
        provided otherwise in this Article, an Employee shall accrue a full year
        of Future Credited Service for each Plan Year commencing on or after his
        Past Service Date in which he is an Eligible  Employee for the full Plan
        Year and is credited with 1,000 or more Hours of Service.

3.4     Partial  Years of Future  Credited  Service  for Benefit  Accrual.  With
        -----------------------------------------------------------------
        respect  to any Plan  Year  commencing  on or after an  Employee's  Past
        Service Date and during  which the Employee is an Eligible  Employee for
        less than the full Plan Year,  the Employee  shall accrue 1/12 of a year
        of Future Credited Service for each month during which he is an Eligible
        Employee  for the full  month and  completes  at least  83-1/3  Hours of
        Service.  Notwithstanding  the above, a Participant who transfers out of
        the Plan after the 15th day of a month  shall  accrue  1/12 of a year of
        Future Credited  Service for the month that he transfers out of the Plan
        as long as he is an Employee  for the full month and  completes at least
        83-1/3 Hours of Service,  and a Participant  who transfers into the Plan
        before the 16th day of the month  shall  accrue 1/12 of a year of Future
        Credited Service for the month that he transfers into the Plan, provided
        that he is an Employee for the full month and  completes at least 83-1/3
        Hours of Service.

3.5     Credited  Service shall mean the total of an Employee's Past Service and
        -----------------
        his full and partial years of Future  Credited  Service,  subject to the
        following  adjustments for Employees of the Corporation Division (former
        Strobic Air Corporation employees),  Dean Pump Division, Duall Division,
        Mefiag  Division,  Sethco  Division,  Stiles-Kem  Division,  and Systems
        Division (Oxy), the Strobic Air Subsidiary and the Flex Kleen Division:

        (a)     Dean Pump Division - All Past Service accumulated before October
                1, 1985  shall not be taken  into  account  in  determining  the
                amount of Credited Service.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>


        (b)     Duall  Division - Effective  November 1, 1989,  all Past Service
                accumulated  before July 1, 1988 shall not be taken into account
                in determining the amount of Credited Service.

        (c)     Mefiag  Division  -  Effective  July 1, 1993,  all Past  Service
                accumulated  before July 1, 1993 shall not be taken into account
                in determining the amount of Credited Service.

        (d)     Sethco  Division - All Past Service  accumulated  before July 1,
                1977 shall not be taken into account in  determining  the amount
                of Credited Service.

        (e)     Stiles-Kem Division - All Past Service accumulated before August
                1, 1970  shall not be taken  into  account  in  determining  the
                amount of Credited Service.

        (f)     Systems  Division  (Oxy) - All Past Service  accumulated  before
                January 1, 1970 shall not be taken into  account in  determining
                the amount of Credited Service.

        (g)     Corporation Division (former Strobic Air Corporation  employees)
                - All Past Service  accumulated before October 1, 1996 by former
                employees  of Strobic  Air  Corporation  shall not be taken into
                account in determining the amount of Credited Service.

        (h)     Strobic Air  Subsidiary  - All Past Service  accumulated  before
                February 1, 1997 shall not be taken into account in  determining
                the amount of Credited Service.

        (i)     Flex  Kleen  Division  - All  Past  Service  accumulated  before
                November 1, 1998 shall not be taken into account in  determining
                the amount of Credited Service.

3.6     Years of Service shall mean the total of an Employee's  Past Service and
        ----------------
        his Future Service for  Eligibility  for Benefits and Vesting,  plus any
        period of eligibility  and vesting  service  accumulated by the Employee
        under the provisions of another of the Company's  pension plans or Prior
        Plans, provided that, for Employees of Sethco Division, any Past Service
        accumulated  before  August 1, 1971 shall not be taken  into  account in
        determining Years of Service.

3.7     Transfers.  When a Participant  transfers to another pension plan of the
        ---------
        Company, his continuity of service for eligibility and vesting shall not
        be affected in any way whatsoever.  His Years of Service,  as calculated
        for purposes of this Plan,  shall include Years of Service as calculated
        to date of transfer,  plus all Years of Service  subsequently  earned in
        the plan to which his is  transferred.  Similarly,  his Years of Service
        for purposes of the plan to which he is  transferred  shall  include all
        Years of Service earned under this Plan.


                                      -12-

<PAGE>

3.8     Breaks in Service.
        ------------------

        (a)     Any Plan Year in which a  Participant  is not credited with more
                than 500 Hours of Service shall  constitute a one-year  Break in
                Service;  provided,  however,  that if an Employee is absent for
                the  following  reasons,  he shall be  credited  with an Hour of
                Service,  for  purposes of this Section  only,  for each Hour of
                Service he would have received if he had continued in the active
                employ of the Company during the following periods of absence:

                (i)     layoff for a period not in excess of one year;

                (ii)    leave of absence with the approval of the  Committee for
                        a period not in excess of one year,  unless  extended by
                        the Committee;

                (iii)   military  service  under leave granted by the Company or
                        required by law, provided the absent Participant returns
                        to  service  with  the  Company  within  90  days of his
                        release from active  military  duty or any longer period
                        during which his right to  reemployment  is protected by
                        law.

        (b)     Service  credited  under this Section  shall not be credited for
                any  other  purpose  under  the  Plan  unless  such  service  is
                comprised of Hours of Service.

        (c)     If a  Participant  is absent  from work by reason of  pregnancy,
                childbirth,  adoption,  or for  purposes  of the  care  of  such
                Participant's  child immediately  after birth or adoption,  such
                Participant  shall  be  credited  solely  for  purposes  of this
                Section  with  sufficient  Hours of  Service to avoid a Break in
                Service in the Plan Year in which the absence  commences  or, if
                the  Participant  already  has more than 500 Hours of Service in
                such Plan Year, the  immediately  following Plan Year.  Hours of
                Service during such absence shall be credited in an amount equal
                to the Hours of Service the  Participant  would have had but for
                such absence or, if such hours cannot be determined, at the rate
                of eight hours per normal workday.

3.9     Restoration of Service.
        -----------------------

        (a)     A Participant who had a Vested Interest under Article VI and who
                incurs  a  Break  in  Service   shall  have  his  pre-break  and
                post-break  service with the Company  aggregated for purposes of
                Sections 3.5 and 3.6 on his reemployment by the Company.

        (b)     A Participant  who does not have a Vested Interest under Article
                VI and who  incurs a Break in Service  shall have his  pre-break
                and post-break  service with the Company aggregated for purposes
                of Sections 3.5 and 3.6 on his  reemployment  within a period of
                less than five consecutive Breaks in Service. If the consecutive
                Breaks in  Service  are equal to or in excess of five,  he shall
                receive no credit for his  pre-break  service  for  purposes  of
                Sections 3.5 and 3.6.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>


3.10    Credit  for  Military  Service.  Effective  as  of  December  12,  1994,
        ------------------------------
        notwithstanding   any   provision   of  this   Plan  to  the   contrary,
        contributions,  benefits  and service  credit with  respect to qualified
        military  service will be provided in accordance  with Section 414(u) of
        the Internal Revenue Code.






























                                      -14-


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                            ELIGIBILITY FOR BENEFITS
                            ------------------------


4.1     Normal  Retirement  Benefit.  A Participant shall be eligible for normal
        ---------------------------
        retirement benefits on his Normal Retirement Date.


4.2     Early  Retirement  Benefit.  A  Participant  shall be eligible for early
        --------------------------
        retirement benefits as of his Early Retirement Date.


4.3     Late  Retirement  Benefit.  A  Participant  shall be  eligible  for late
        -------------------------
        retirement benefits on his Late Retirement Date.


4.4     Deferred Vested  Benefit.  A Participant who has completed three or more
        ------------------------
        Years of Service and who, at the time of Separation from Service, is not
        eligible  for a benefit  under  Sections  4.1,  4.2 or 4.3 of this Plan,
        shall be eligible for deferred vested retirement benefits.

















                                      -15-
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE V

                             CALCULATION OF BENEFITS
                             -----------------------


5.1     General.  The  retirement  benefits for a  Participant  that are payable
        -------
        under the single  life form of payment  shall be  determined  under this
        Article V subject  to the  limitations  set forth in  Article  IX.  Each
        Participant  shall  be  entitled  to  the  non-forfeitable  portion,  as
        determined under Article VI of his retirement  benefit and shall have no
        right  to  any  portion  of  his   retirement   benefit   which  is  not
        nonforfeitable  under Article VI. Adjustments for forms of payment other
        than  the  single  life  form  shall  be made  in  accordance  with  the
        provisions of Article VIII.

5.2     Accrued Monthly Pension.  On any given date, the Accrued Monthly Pension
        -----------------------
        for a Participant shall be determined as follows:

        For a  Participant  whose date of hire with the  Company or an  acquired
        Company  (or  whose  date of  rehire  in the case of a  Participant  who
        terminates  and forfeits  service in accordance  with Section 3.9 and is
        subsequently  rehired) is on or before  December 15, 1982 and whose Past
        Service Date is prior to September 1, 1986,  such benefit shall be equal
        to the greater of 1/12 of [(a) + (b)],  or (c) or (d) as set forth below
        in this Section 5.2.

        For a  Participant  whose date of hire with the  Company or an  acquired
        company  (or  whose  date  of  hire in the  case  of a  Participant  who
        terminates and forfeits  service in accordance  with Section 3.10 and is
        subsequently  rehired) is after December 15, 1982, or whose Past Service
        Date is on or after  September 1, 1986,  such benefit  shall be equal to
        the greater of (c) or (d) as set forth below in this Section 5.2.

        (a)     0.75  percent  of the  Participant's  base wage or salary on his
                Initial  Anniversary  Date up to $7,800 and 1.20 percent of such
                base wage or salary in excess of $7,800,  multiplied by Credited
                Service prior to his Initial Anniversary Date, plus

        (b)     For each Plan Year  beginning  with the Plan Year  commencing on
                the Participant's  Initial Anniversary Date, and ending with the
                Plan Year beginning September 1, 1988, 0.75 percent of base wage
                or salary up to $7,800  and 1.75  percent of base wage or salary
                in excess of $7,800,  multiplied  by the  fraction  of a year of
                Credited  Service  completed by the Participant in the Plan Year
                in question,  plus 1.65 percent of base wage or salary earned in
                each Plan Year beginning on or after September 1, 1989.



                                      -16-
<PAGE>

         Annual base wage or salary for Plan Years beginning before September 1,
         1989 means the annual base wage or salary in effect on the September 1,
         beginning the Plan Year in question, except that when necessary, a
         Participant's annual base wage or salary on the September 1 following
         his date of hire shall be used in determining the amount of Accrued
         Benefit attributable to his first partial year of Credited Service. For
         the period beginning September 1, 1989, Compensation, as defined in
         Section 1.10 is used in lieu of annual base wage or salary.

        (c)     Credited  Service  multiplied  by the rate in effect on the last
                day that the  Participant  accrued  Credited  Service  under the
                Plan. Notwithstanding the above, effective February 27, 1995, if
                the  Participant  transfers  out of the Plan and into another of
                the Company's  defined benefit  pension plans,  the rate used to
                calculate the monthly  pension will be the rate in effect on the
                last day that the Participant accrued credited service under any
                of the Company's defined benefit pension plans.

                The rates in effect are as follows:

                Rate                    Effective Date
                ----                    --------------

                 9.00                   September 1, 1984 - June 14, 1987
                12.00                   June 15, 1987 - June 14, 1988
                14.00                   June 15, 1988 - June 14, 1989
                16.00                   June 15, 1989 - June 14, 1990
                18.00                   June 15, 1990 - June 30, 1994
                20.00                   July 1, 1994 - April 30, 1995
                21.00                   May 1, 1995 - September 30, 1996
                22.00                   October 1, 1996 and thereafter

        (d)     One percent of the  Participant's  Average Monthly  Compensation
                multiplied by Credited  Service or, in the case of an individual
                who is or becomes a Participant  on or after  September 1, 2000,
                if greater,  a monthly benefit of $62.50,  payable commencing on
                the Participant's Normal Retirement Date.

        (e)     For  Participant's  with  Compensation  for a Plan Year prior to
                September 1, 1994 in excess of  $150,000,  in no event will such
                Participant's  benefit  determined  according to (a) and (b) and
                (d) of this Section 5.2 be less than the sum of:

                (i)     the  Participant's  Accrued  Benefit on August 31,  1994
                        frozen in accordance with Section  1.401(a)(4)-13 of the
                        Regulations and

                (ii)    the Participant's  Accrued Benefit  determined using the
                        benefit formula applicable on or after September 1, 1994
                        with  respect  to  Credited  Service  earned on or after
                        September 1, 1994.


                                      -17-

<PAGE>

5.3     Normal  Retirement  Benefit.  A  Participant  who is eligible for normal
        ---------------------------
        retirement benefits shall receive a monthly pension equal to his Accrued
        Monthly Pension benefit on such retirement date.

5.4     Early  Retirement  Benefit.  A  Participant  who is  eligible  for early
        --------------------------
        retirement  benefits,  upon  retirement,  shall  receive  either  of the
        following:

        (a)     A  monthly  pension  equal  to the  product  of (i) his  Accrued
                Monthly Pension as of his date of Separation  from Service,  and
                (ii) his  vesting  percentage  as of his date of  Separation  of
                Service  with such  product,  reduced by 5/9 percent for each of
                the first 60 fall calendar months,  and 5/18 percent for each of
                the next 60 full calendar  months by which the  commencement  of
                his benefits precedes his Normal Retirement Date.

        (b)     A  deferred  monthly  pension  equal to the  product  of (a) his
                Accrued  Monthly  Pension as of the date of his Separation  from
                Service,  and (b) his vesting  percentage  as of the date of his
                Separation  from Service with payment  commencing  at his Normal
                Retirement Date.

5.5     Deferred  Vested  Benefit.  A  Participant  who is eligible for deferred
        -------------------------
        vested retirement benefits shall receive either of the following:

        (a)     A deferred monthly pension with payments  commencing any time on
                or after his Early  Retirement  Date equal to the product of (i)
                his Accrued  Monthly Pension as of the date of his Separation of
                Service,  and (ii) his vesting  percentage as of the date of his
                Separation of Service with such product,  reduced by 5/9 percent
                for each of the first 60 full calendar months,  and 5/18 percent
                for  each of the  next 60 full  calendar  months  by  which  the
                commencement  of his  benefits  precedes  his Normal  Retirement
                Date, and

        (b)     A  deferred  monthly  pension  equal to the  product  of (i) his
                Accrued  Monthly  Pension  as of the date of his  Separation  of
                Service,  and (ii) his vesting  percentage as of the date of his
                Separation  of Service  with  payment  commencing  on his Normal
                Retirement Date.

5.6     Late  Retirement  Benefit.  A  Participant  who  is  eligible  for  late
        -------------------------
        retirement benefits shall receive a monthly pension equal to the greater
        of (a) his Accrued Monthly Pension benefit on his Normal Retirement Date
        or (b) the Actuarial  Equivalent of his Normal Retirement Benefit except
        that  the  benefit  provided  under  Appendix  B is not  subject  to any
        actuarial  increase  that  would  otherwise  result  due to the  benefit
        commencing  after his  Normal  Retirement  Date,  except  to the  extent
        required by law.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>


5.7     Suspension of Benefits
        ----------------------

        (a)     (i)     In the event that a Participant is employed in qualified
                        reemployment  or  qualified  employment,   the  benefits
                        otherwise  payable to the Participant shall be suspended
                        for  each  calendar  month in  which  he  continues  his
                        qualified  reemployment  or  qualified  employment.  The
                        rules  relating to such a  suspension  of  benefits  and
                        their  subsequent   resumption  are  described  in  this
                        Section.

                (ii)    The Committee  shall notify the  Participant by personal
                        delivery  or first class mail of the  suspension  of his
                        benefits during the first month in which such suspension
                        of benefits  occurs if required in  accordance  with the
                        notification   requirements   of   Department  of  Labor
                        Regulations Section 2530.203-3(b)(4).

                (iii)   Each Participant receiving benefits under the Plan shall
                        be  required  to give  notice  to the  Committee  of any
                        employment  relationship which such Participant has with
                        the Company.  The Committee  shall have the right to use
                        all  reasonable   efforts  to  determine   whether  such
                        employment   constitutes   qualified   reemployment   or
                        qualified employment.  The Committee shall also have the
                        right to require the Participant to provide  information
                        sufficient  to  prove  that  such  employment  does  not
                        constitute    qualified    reemployment   or   qualified
                        employment.

                (iv)    A Participant may, by written request, ask the Committee
                        to  make  a   determination   as  to  whether   specific
                        contemplated     employment     constitutes    qualified
                        reemployment  or  qualified  employment.  The  Committee
                        shall respond to such request in writing  within 60 days
                        of the Committee's receipt of the request.

                (v)     Subject to Sections 8.3 and 8.8, benefit payments to the
                        Participant  will resume (or commence) no later than the
                        first  day of the third  calendar  month  following  the
                        month in which his qualified  reemployment  or qualified
                        employment  ceases  or, if  later,  the first day of the
                        calendar month following receipt by the Committee of the
                        Participant's notice that his qualified  reemployment or
                        qualified  employment has ceased. The initial resumption
                        payment shall include  payment for the current month and
                        for all previous  calendar months since the cessation of
                        the Participant's qualified employment or reemployment.

                (vi)    The Committee shall offset resumed benefits by an amount
                        equal to any benefits which were paid to the Participant
                        with   respect  to  a   calendar   month  in  which  the
                        Participant  was engaged in  qualified  reemployment  or
                        qualified employment. However, the offset to any monthly
                        benefit,  other  than the  initial  resumption  payment,
                        shall  not  exceed  twenty-five  percent  (25%)  of such
                        monthly  benefit.  Any remaining offset shall be applied
                        to benefits payable in subsequent months.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>


        (b)     In the event that a Participant is employed or reemployed by the
                Company  under any  circumstances  other  than as  described  in
                Subsection   (a),   the  benefits   otherwise   payable  to  the
                Participant  shall be continued during such period of employment
                or reemployment.

        (c)     Qualified   reemployment   shall  mean  the  reemployment  of  a
                Participant by the Company after his Normal  Retirement  Date in
                such  a  capacity  that  (and  provided  that)  the  Participant
                receives  or is  entitled  to be paid  for at  least 40 Hours of
                Service (not including Hours of Service  credited as a result of
                back pay) during a calendar  month.  Notwithstanding  the above,
                for Participants that attain age 70 1/2 in calendar years before
                January  1,  2003,  qualified  reemployment  shall  not  include
                employment on or after the April 1st following the calendar year
                in  which  the  Participant  attains  age 70 1/2.  In  addition,
                effective  January 1,  2002,  qualified  reemployment  shall not
                include  employment with respect to a Participant  that makes an
                election to commence benefits under Section 8.3(b).

        (d)     Qualified  employment  shall mean the continued  employment of a
                Participant  after his Normal Retirement Date in such a capacity
                that (and provided that) the Participant receives or is entitled
                to be paid for at least 40 Hours of Service (not including Hours
                of Service  credited  as a result of back pay) during a calendar
                month.  Notwithstanding  the above, for Participants that attain
                age 70 1/2 in calendar years before  January 1, 2003,  qualified
                employment  shall not include  employment  on or after the April
                1st following the calendar year in which the Participant attains
                age 70 1/2. In addition,  effective  January 1, 2002,  qualified
                employment  shall  not  include  employment  with  respect  to a
                Participant  that makes an election to commence  benefits  under
                Section 8.3(b).





                                      -20-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                     VESTING
                                     -------


If a  Participant  has been  credited  with  three or more Years of  Service,  a
portion  of the  Participant's  Accrued  Benefit  shall be  nonforfeitable.  The
nonforfeitable  portion  shall be an  amount  equal to a  Participant's  Accrued
Benefit multiplied by a percentage based upon the number of Years of Service, as
follows:

        Number of Years of Service                  Vesting Percentage
        --------------------------                  ------------------

                   0                                         0
                   1                                         0
                   2                                         0
                   3                                        20
                   4                                        40
                   5                                        60
                   6                                        80
               7 or more                                   100

Notwithstanding  the above,  the Vesting  Percentage  of a  Participant  who has
attained his Normal Retirement Age shall be 100 percent.

Also  notwithstanding  the above, each individual who was an employee of Strobic
Air  Corporation on the date of acquisition by the Company and who continued his
employment  with the Company and became a Participant in the Plan shall have his
Vesting  Percentage  equal to 100% if he had  attained  age 55 on or before  the
September 12, 1996 date of acquisition.

















                                      -21-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII

                          PRE-RETIREMENT DEATH BENEFITS
                          -----------------------------



7.1     Pre-Retirement Survivor Death Benefit
        ---------------------------------------

        In the event of a death of a Participant who (a) has a Vested  Interest,
        and (b) has not yet had an  Annuity  Starting  Date,  the  Participant's
        designated  beneficiary  shall receive a  Pre-Retirement  Survivor Death
        Benefit.   For  purposes  of  this  Article,  a  married   Participant's
        designated  beneficiary shall be the Participant's Spouse. For Employees
        who are hired by the Company or a  Subsidiary  on or after  September 1,
        2001,  the  provisions  of  this  Section  7.1  will  apply  only if the
        Participant is married on his or her date of death.

7.2     Amount and Form of Pre-Retirement Survivor Death Benefit
        --------------------------------------------------------

        Subject to the  following,  the  Participant's  Pre-Retirement  Survivor
        Death  Benefit shall be paid to the  Participant's  Spouse or designated
        beneficiary  in the form of an annuity for the  Spouse's  or  designated
        beneficiary's life. The amount of the monthly annuity shall be such that
        the present value of the Pre-Retirement  Survivor Death Benefit shall be
        equal to the present value of the deceased  Participant's vested Accrued
        Benefit  on  his  date  of  death.  Notwithstanding  the  above,  if the
        Participant is married,  the present value of the monthly  annuity shall
        not be  less  than  the  present  value  of a  Qualified  Pre-Retirement
        Survivor  Annuity.  If  the  Actuarial  Equivalent  present  value  of a
        Participant's  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Death Benefit as of the Annuity
        Starting Date does not exceed $5,000,  the method of distribution to the
        Participant's Spouse or designated beneficiary shall be as a single cash
        distribution  which  is  the  Actuarial   Equivalent  of  the  Qualified
        Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.

7.3     Timing of Distribution
        ----------------------

        Distribution  of a Participant's  Pre-Retirement  Survivor Death Benefit
        shall  commence as of the  Annuity  Starting  Date of the  Participant's
        Spouse or  designated  beneficiary.  The  Annuity  Starting  Date of the
        Participant's  Spouse or  designated  beneficiary  shall be the earliest
        date which the  Participant  could have begun to receive  benefits if he
        had survived  (the first day of the month  following  the  Participant's
        death if the  Participant  had been eligible at the time of his death to
        begin  receiving  benefits).  Notwithstanding  the  above,  (1)  if  the
        Participant's  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Death Benefit is not payable in
        the form of a Qualified  Pre-Retirement Death Benefit,  then the Annuity
        Starting Date of the Participant's  designated  beneficiary shall be the
        first  day  of  the  month   coincident   with  or  next  following  the
        Participant's date of death, and (2) if the Actuarial Equivalent present
        value of his  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Death  Benefit  does not  exceed
        $5,000,  the  Annuity  Starting  Date  of the  Participant's  designated
        beneficiary  shall be the first day of the month coincident with or next
        following the Participant's death.


                                      -22-
<PAGE>

7.4     Required Distribution
        ---------------------

        If a Participant's  Pre-Retirement Survivor Death Benefit is paid in the
        form of a single cash payment, the Participant's  entire  Pre-Retirement
        Survivor   Death  Benefit  shall  be   distributed   to  his  designated
        beneficiary  within  five  years  of  the  Participant's   death.  If  a
        Participant's  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Death Benefit is distributed in
        the form of an annuity,  distribution  shall commence by the December 31
        of the year after the year of the  Participant's  death or, if later, in
        the  case of a  married  Participant,  the  December  31 of the year the
        Participant would have attained age 70 1/2. Such Pre-Retirement Survivor
        Death Benefit must be distributed over a period not extending beyond the
        life expectancy of the Spouse or designated beneficiary.























                                      -23-
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  DISTRIBUTION
                                  ------------


8.1     Optional  Forms of  Benefits.  The  Participant  may  elect,  subject to
        ----------------------------
        Section 8.7, to receive  distribution of his Retirement  Benefit (if the
        Actuarial   Equivalent   present   value  of  such  benefit  as  of  the
        Participant's  Annuity  Starting  Date  or at  the  time  of  any  prior
        distribution is in excess of $5,000) by one of the following methods:

        (a)     a Single  Life  Annuity - an annuity  payable  in equal  monthly
                installments to the retired Participant for his life; or

        (b)     a Qualified  Joint and Survivor  Annuity - an annuity payable in
                monthly  installments  to the  Participant for his life and with
                fifty  percent  (50%) of the amount of such monthly  installment
                payable after his death of the Participant to the Spouse of such
                Participant,  if then living,  for the life of such Spouse.  The
                benefit payable to the Participant and  co-pensioner  under this
                form of payment shall be the Actuarial  Equivalent of the Single
                Life form of payment; or

        (c)     a Single  Life  Annuity  with a 60,  120,  or 180  month  period
                certain   feature  -  an  annuity   payable  in  equal   monthly
                installments  to the retired  Participant for his life, with 60,
                120, or 180 monthly  payments  guaranteed.  The benefits payable
                shall be the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of the Single  Life form of
                payment; or

        (d)     a Joint and  Survivor  Annuity  for the life of the  Participant
                with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant's  named
                co-pensioner  equal to 50 percent  or 100  percent of the amount
                payable  to  the   Participant.   The  benefit  payable  to  the
                Participant and co-pensioner under this form of payment shall be
                the Actuarial Equivalent of the Single Life form of payment.

8.2     Small Benefit Payments. If the Actuarial Equivalent present value of the
        ----------------------
        Retirement Benefit is less than $5,000,  such benefit shall be paid in a
        single lump sum payment.

        Notwithstanding the above,  effective for distributions  occurring on or
        after  March  22,  1999,   if  a   Participant   has  begun  to  receive
        distributions  pursuant  to an optional  form of benefit  under which at
        least one scheduled periodic  distribution has not yet been made, and if
        the present value of the Participant's  benefit at the time of the first
        distribution  exceeded  the  cash-out  limit set forth  above,  then the
        present  value of the  Participant's  benefit is deemed to  continue  to
        exceed such cash-out limit.



                                      -24-
<PAGE>


8.3     Timing of Distribution; Annuity Starting Date.
        ----------------------------------------------

        (a)     Distribution  of  a  Participant's   Retirement   Benefit  shall
                commence  as of  his  Annuity  Starting  Date.  A  Participant's
                Annuity Starting Date shall be the earliest of (1) the first day
                of the month  coincident  with or next  following the day of the
                Participant's  Retirement,  (2)  the  first  day  of  the  month
                coincident  with or next following the day of the  Participant's
                Separation  from  Service  if  as of  that  date  the  Actuarial
                Equivalent  present value of his Vested Interest does not exceed
                $5,000,  (3) the first day of the month  coincident with or next
                following  the  Participant's  Normal  Retirement  Date  if  the
                Participant  has a Separation  from Service  prior to that time,
                unless the  Participant  elects under Section 8.4 to commence to
                receive  distribution  prior to his Normal  Retirement Date, and
                (4) effective for all  Participants  (except  Participants  that
                attained age 70 1/2after  January 1, 1988 and before  January 1,
                2003, or  Participants  that are Five Percent  Owners during the
                Plan Year ending with or within the calendar  year in which they
                attain age 70 1/2or any subsequent Plan Year),  the first day of
                April  immediately  following  the  calendar  year in which  the
                Participant  retires or  attains  age 70 1/2,  whichever  occurs
                later. For Participants that attained age 70 1/2after January 1,
                1988 and prior to January 1, 2003,  and for Five Percent  Owners
                as described above, the required beginning date of Plan benefits
                is April 1 of the calendar  year  following the calendar year in
                which the  Participant  attains age 70 1/2. In no event,  unless
                the  Participant  elects  otherwise,  shall  distribution  of  a
                Participant's  Vested Interest commence later than 60 days after
                the latest of the last day of the Plan Year in which  occurs (i)
                the  Participant's   Retirement,   and  (ii)  the  Participant's
                attainment of age 65.

        (b)     Notwithstanding   the  above,   effective  January  1,  2002,  a
                Participant  that has completed twenty years of Credited Service
                and attained age 70 who is an active Employee may elect (subject
                to the minimum distribution  requirements of Sections 8.3(a) and
                8.8) to  commence  benefits  as of the  first  day of the  month
                following  attainment  of age 70 or as of the  first  day of any
                month thereafter  while an active  Employee.  The calculation of
                the benefit payable to such a Participant that makes an election
                under this  subsection  shall be made in accordance with Section
                5.6.  The first date for which  benefits  are  payable due to an
                election   under  this   subsection   shall  be  considered  the
                Participant's Annuity Starting Date.

8.4     Election  to Receive  Distribution  Before  Normal  Retirement  Date.  A
        --------------------------------------------------------------------
        Participant  who (a) has a  Separation  from  Service  before his Normal
        Retirement Date and (b) has a Vested Interest,  the Actuarial Equivalent
        present value of which exceeds  $5,000 as of the  Participant's  Annuity
        Starting Date, may elect to have distribution of his Retirement  Benefit
        commence before his Normal Retirement Date. In that event,  distribution
        shall commence as of the first day of any month  following the election,
        but not prior to a Participant's Early Retirement Date.


                                      -25-
<PAGE>

8.5     Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity for Married Participants
        -------------------------------------------------------------

        (a)     Subject to subsection  (b), a Participant  who is married on his
                Annuity   Starting  Date  shall  receive   distribution  of  his
                Retirement Benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
                Annuity,  unless the Participant has previously waived his right
                to receive  benefits  in this form.  The waiver must be executed
                and consented to by the Participant's  Spouse in accordance with
                Section  8.7.  Both the  Participant's  waiver and the  Spouse's
                consent must state the particular optional form of benefit to be
                distributed.  Alternatively, the Spouse's consent may permit the
                Participant  to elect any  optional  form of  benefit  available
                under the Plan. Such a general consent must acknowledge that the
                Spouse has voluntarily relinquished rights to limit consent to a
                specific form of benefit. A Participant's  waiver of a Qualified
                Joint and Survivor Annuity under this Section 8.5 may be revoked
                at any time before the Participant's  Annuity Starting Date and,
                once  revoked,  may be made again  before that date.  A Spouse's
                consent  to the  waiver  once  given may be  revoked  before the
                Annuity Starting Date.

        (b)     In the case of a  Participant  (i) who is married  for less than
                one  year  on  his  Annuity   Starting   Date,   (ii)   receives
                distribution  of  his  Retirement  Benefit  in  the  form  of  a
                Qualified  Joint and Survivor  Annuity and (iii) does not remain
                married to his Spouse for at least one year,  such Spouse  shall
                lose all survivor rights. In such event the Participant shall be
                entitled to receive  distribution  of his Retirement  Benefit in
                any other form under Section 8.1.

8.6     Notification  of Right to Waive  Qualified  Joint and Survivor  Annuity.
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------
        Within the period  beginning no earlier than 90 days,  and no later than
        30  days   before   the   Participant's   Annuity   Starting   Date  the
        Administrative Committee shall provide each Participant with a notice of
        the  Participant's  right  to  elect  to  waive  his  right  to  receive
        distribution of his Retirement  Benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint
        and  Survivor  Annuity.  The notice  shall  contain an  explanation,  in
        nontechnical  language,  of (a) the terms and conditions of the election
        and its effect upon the  Participant's  Retirement  Benefit (in terms of
        dollars per annuity payment), (b) the requirement that the Participant's
        Spouse must consent to the election in accordance  with Section 8.7, (c)
        the Participant's  right to revoke the election in the manner prescribed
        in  regulations  promulgated  by the Secretary of the Treasury and (d) a
        general description of the eligibility  conditions and other features of
        the optional forms of benefit under the Plan and sufficient  information
        to explain the relative values of these optional forms of benefits.

        The Annuity  Starting Date may not occur before the expiration of the 30
        day period  beginning on the date a written  explanation  describing the
        terms of the  Qualified  Joint and  Survivor  Annuity is provided to the
        Participant; provided however that the Annuity Starting Date may be less
        than 30 days after receipt by the Participant of the written explanation
        provided:  (a) the Participant has been provided with  information  that
        clearly  indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to consider
        whether  to waive the  Qualified  Joint and  Survivor  Annuity;  (b) the
        Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election
        at least  until the  Annuity  Starting  Date or , if later,  at any time


                                      -26-
<PAGE>

        prior to the  expiration  of the 7-day  period that begins the day after
        the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor  Annuity is provided
        to the  Participant;  and (c) the Annuity  Starting Date is a date after
        the date that the written explanation was provided to the Participant.

8.7     Spousal  Consent.  A  Participant's  waiver  of a  Qualified  Joint  and
        ----------------
        Survivor  Annuity  described  in Section  8.6 shall be valid only if the
        Participant's  Spouse  executes  a  written  consent  to  that  election
        acknowledging the effect of the election and the consent is witnessed by
        a notary  public or Plan  Administrator.  The  Spouse's  consent  is not
        required if (a) the  Participant's  Spouse cannot be located or for such
        other circumstances as may be provided in regulations promulgated by the
        Secretary of the Treasury, (b) the Participant is legally separated from
        the  Spouse  or (c) the  Participant  has been  abandoned  by his or her
        Spouse (within the meaning of local law) and the Participant has a court
        order to that effect.  A  Participant's  waiver of a Qualified Joint and
        Survivor  Annuity shall be effective only with respect to the Spouse who
        consents to it as provided in this Section 8.7.

8.8     Minimum Distribution Requirements.
        ----------------------------------

        (a)     Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary,  all
                distributions  under the Plan shall be made in  accordance  with
                Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations promulgated by
                the Secretary of the Treasury thereunder.

        (b)     In the case of a Participant  who is a Five Percent Owner,  or a
                Participant  that attains age 70 1/2prior to January 1, 2003, or
                a Participant that makes an election to commence  benefits under
                Section 8.3(b), if such a Participant  remains an Employee after
                attainment  of age 70 1/2(or age 70 for a  Participant  electing
                under Section  8.3(b)) and has  commenced to receive  Retirement
                Benefits  from  the  Plan,  such  Participant  shall  have  such
                benefits  increased as of the first day of each calendar year to
                reflect any additional  Credited Service accrued during the Plan
                Year ending  immediately  before the first day of that  calendar
                year. If a  Participant  who is not a Five Percent Owner attains
                age 70  1/2after  January 1,  2003,  the  Participant's  accrued
                benefit  shall  be  actuarially  increased  in  accordance  with
                Appendix A to take into  account  the period  after age 70 1/2in
                which the  Participant  is not  receiving  any benefits from the
                Plan.  The actuarial  increase  shall be provided for the period
                starting on April 1  following  the  calendar  year in which the
                employee  attains age 70 1/2. The actuarial  increase  described
                above will be  provided  even  during  the  period  when a valid
                benefit suspension is in place under ERISA Section 203(a)(3)(B).

        (c)     If a Participant dies after the date his Retirement  Benefit has
                commenced,  the remaining portion,  if any, of the Participant's
                benefit shall be distributed to the Participant's beneficiary at
                least as  rapidly as it would  have been  distributed  under the
                method of distribution in effect on the day of the Participant's
                death.

                                      -27-
<PAGE>


        (d)     If a Participant's Retirement Benefit is distributed in the form
                of an  annuity  other  than  an  annuity  for  the  life  of the
                Participant or an annuity for the joint lives of the Participant
                and  the  Participant's   Spouse  or  in  installments  and  the
                Participant's   Beneficiary  is  other  than  the  Participant's
                Spouse,  the distribution must satisfy the minimum  distribution
                incidental benefit  requirements under Section  1.401(a)(9)-2 of
                the Income Tax Regulations.

        (e)     With  respect to  distributions  under the Plan made in calendar
                years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, the Plan will apply
                the minimum  distribution  requirements of section  401(a)(9) of
                the Internal  Revenue Code in  accordance  with the  regulations
                under  section  401(a)(9)  that were  proposed in January  2001,
                notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary.  This
                amendment  shall  continue  in effect  until the end of the last
                calendar  year  beginning  before  the  effective  date of final
                regulations  under  Code  section  409(a)(9)  or such other date
                specified in guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service.
                This also applies to required  distributions  made under Article
                VII.

8.9     Direct Rollover
        ---------------

        (a)     This Section applies to  distributions  made on or after January
                1,  1993.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  of the  Plan  to the
                contrary that would  otherwise  limit a  distributee's  election
                under this Section,  a distributee may elect, at the time and in
                the manner  prescribed  by the Plan  Administrator,  to have any
                portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an
                eligible  retirement  plan  specified  by the  distributee  in a
                direct rollover.

        (b)     For purposes of this  Section the  following  definitions  shall
                apply:

                (i)     An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of
                        all or any  portion of the  balance to the credit of the
                        distributee,    except   that   an   eligible   rollover
                        distribution does not include:  any distribution that is
                        one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments
                        (not less  frequently  than  annually) made for the life
                        (or life  expectancy)  of the  distributee  or the joint
                        lives (or joint life  expectancies)  of the  distributee
                        and the distributee's  designated beneficiary,  or for a
                        specified  period of ten years or more; any distribution
                        to the extent such  distribution  is required under Code
                        Section  401(a)(9);  and the portion of any distribution
                        that  is not  includible  in  gross  income  (determined
                        without  regard  to the  exclusion  for  net  unrealized
                        appreciation with respect to employer securities).

                (ii)    An eligible retirement plan is an individual  retirement
                        account  described in Code Section 408(a), an individual
                        retirement  annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an
                        annuity  plan  described in Code  Section  403(a),  or a
                        qualified trust  described in Code Section 401(a),  that
                        accepts    the    distributee's     eligible    rollover
                        distribution.  However,  in  the  case  of  an  eligible

                                      -28-
<PAGE>


                        rollover   distribution  to  the  surviving  Spouse,  an
                        eligible  retirement  plan is an  individual  retirement
                        account or individual retirement annuity.

                (iii)   A distributee  includes an Employee or former  Employee.
                        In  addition,   the  Employee's  or  former   Employee's
                        surviving Spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's
                        Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under
                        a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code
                        Section  414(p),  are  distributees  with  regard to the
                        interest of the Spouse or former Spouse.

                (iv)    A  direct  rollover  is a  payment  by the  plan  to the
                        eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

8.10    Payments To Incompetents
        ------------------------

        If the Committee shall find that any person to whom a benefit is payable
        from the Trust Fund is unable to care for his affairs because of illness
        or  accident,  or is a minor,  any  payment  due  (unless a prior  claim
        therefore shall have been made by a duly appointed  guardian,  committee
        or other legal  representative)  may be paid to the Spouse,  a child,  a
        parent, or a brother or sister, or to any person deemed by the Committee
        to have incurred expense for such person otherwise  entitled to payment.
        Any such payment  shall be a complete  discharge of any liability of the
        Company,  the Administrator,  the Committee,  the Trustee,  and the Fund
        therefore.

8.11    Lost  Participant.  Neither the  Administrator  nor the Trustee shall be
        -----------------
        obligated to search for or ascertain the  whereabouts of any Participant
        or  Beneficiary  (other  than to  write to the  Participant  at his last
        mailing  address  shown  in  the  Plan  Administrator's  records).  If a
        Participant  or  Beneficiary   cannot  be  located,   the  Participant's
        Retirement  Benefit or Pre-Retirement  Death Benefit shall be forfeited,
        but shall be reinstated  (without  interest) upon the  Participant's  or
        Beneficiary's claim for the benefit.

8.12    Deemed Cashouts
        ---------------

        Notwithstanding  any other provision  contained herein, if a Participant
        separates from service and the Actuarial Equivalent present value of his
        vested Accrued Monthly Pension is zero, the Participant  shall be deemed
        to have received a distribution of his vested Accrued Monthly Pension.


                                      -29-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IX

                             LIMITATION ON BENEFITS
                             ----------------------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>     <S>
9.1     Definitions. The following definitions apply for purposes of Section 9.2:
        -----------
</TABLE>

        (a)     Annual Benefit - shall mean a benefit which is payable  annually
                in the  form  of a  straight  life  annuity  with  no  ancillary
                benefits.

        (b)     Compensation  - shall mean  annual  compensation,  as defined in
                Regulation   1.415(2)(d)(l)  of  the  Code,  and  effective  for
                limitation  years  beginning on or after January 1, 1998,  shall
                include (i) any  elective  deferral  as defined in Code  Section
                402(g)(3) and (ii) any amount which is  contributed  or deferred
                by the  Company  at the  election  of an  Employee  which is not
                includible  in gross  income by reason of Code  Section  125, or
                effective January 1, 2001, Code Section 132(f).

        (c)     Defined  Benefit Plan Fraction - for any limitation  year ending
                before the 2000 limitation year is a fraction:

                (i)     the numerator of which is the Projected  Annual  Benefit
                        of  a  Participant   under  the  Defined   Benefit  Plan
                        (determined as of the close of the year), and

                (ii)    the denominator of which is the lesser of:

                        (1)     1.25  multiplied  by $90,000 (or the  applicable
                                dollar  limitation  under Section  415(d) of the
                                Code), or

                        (2)     1.4   multiplied   by   the   average   of   the
                                Participant's   total  Compensation  during  the
                                three  consecutive  years in which he earned the
                                greatest amount of total  Compensation  from the
                                Company.

        (d)     Defined  Contribution  Plan Fraction - for any  limitation  year
                ending on or before the 2000 limitation year is a fraction:

                (i)     the numerator of which is the sum of annual additions to
                        the    Participant's    accounts   under   the   Defined
                        Contribution Plan as of the close of the year, and

                (ii)    the denominator of which is the sum of the lesser of the
                        following  amounts for such year and for each prior year
                        of service with the Company;


                                      -30-
<PAGE>


                        (1)     1.4  multiplied by the amount  determined  under
                                Section 415(c)(l)(B) of the Code, or

                        (2)     1.25  multiplied  by $30,000 (or the  applicable
                                dollar limitation under Section  415(c)(1)(A) of
                                the Code).

                For limitation  years ending before the 2000 limitation year, in
                the case of a  Participant  with  respect to whom the sum of his
                Defined  Benefit  Plan  Fraction and Defined  Contribution  Plan
                Fraction exceeds 1.0 as of either (or both) December 31, 1982 or
                December 31, 1986  (computed as if the provisions of Section 415
                of  the  Code,   as   amended  by  the  Tax  Equity  and  Fiscal
                Responsibility  Act of  1982  or the  Tax  Reform  Act of  1986,
                respectively,  were in effect on the  applicable of those dates)
                the numerator of the  Participant's  Defined  Contribution  Plan
                Fraction shall be reduced so that the sum of those  fractions as
                of the applicable date does not exceed 1.0.

        (e)     Projected  Annual  Benefit - shall  mean the  annual  benefit to
                which a  Participant  would be  entitled  under the terms of all
                Defined Benefit Plans if he had continued  employment  until his
                normal  retirement date under such plans and if his compensation
                for the purpose of such plans had continued at the same rate.

9.2     Maximum Retirement Benefit. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
        --------------------------
        Plan the Maximum Retirement Benefit shall be:

        (a)     Subject to Sections 9.2(b), (c), and (d), the Retirement Benefit
                of a  Participant  shall be reduced to the extent that it (plus,
                if  applicable,  the aggregate  retirement  benefit to which the
                Participant is entitled under all other Defined Benefit Plans in
                which he or she was a  participant)  exceeds  the  lesser of (1)
                $90,000 (or such higher amount as may be permitted under Section
                415 (d) of the Code to reflect  increases in the cost of living,
                and  (2)  100  percent  of  the  Participant's   average  annual
                compensation  during the three  consecutive  Plan Years in which
                the Participant received the greatest aggregate amount of annual
                compensation.  No reduction shall be required under this Section
                9.2(a) in the case of a Participant who never  participated in a
                defined  contribution  plan  if  the  Participant's   Retirement
                Benefit  (plus,  if  applicable,  the  Participant's  retirement
                benefit under all other Defined  Benefit  Plans) does not exceed
                $10,000.

        (b)     The  following   adjustments  shall  be  made  in  applying  the
                limitations of Sections 9.2(a) and 9.4.

                (i)     If a Participant's  Retirement  Benefit (or a retirement
                        benefit to which the  Participant  is entitled under any
                        other  Defined  Benefit Plan) is payable in a form other
                        than an Annual Benefit,  the Retirement Benefit shall be
                        adjusted so that it is the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of an
                        Annual  Benefit,  except that the following shall not be
                        taken into account:  (A) any  ancillary  benefit that is


                                      -31-
<PAGE>


                        not related to  retirement  income  benefits and (B) the
                        survivor  annuity  provided  under  the  portion  of any
                        annuity that  constitutes a Qualified Joint and Survivor
                        Annuity (as defined in Section 417(b) of the Code).

                        Effective  September 1, 1995,  for purposes of adjusting
                        any  benefit  for any form of  payment  subject  to Code
                        Section  417(e)(3),  the interest rate assumption  shall
                        not be less than the greater of the applicable  interest
                        rate described in Appendix A(2)(b) or the rate described
                        in Appendix A(1)(a).

                (ii)    The dollar  limitation  set forth in  Section  9.2(a)(i)
                        shall be adjusted as follows:

                        (1)     If distribution  of a  Participant's  Retirement
                                Benefit begins before the  Participant's  Social
                                Security  retirement  age as  defined in Section
                                415(b)(8) of the Internal Revenue Code but on or
                                after  the  Participant's  attainment  of age 62
                                then the  limitation  shall be reduced by 5/9 of
                                one  percent for each of the first 36 months and
                                5/12 of one percent  for each of the  additional
                                months (up to 24  months),  if any, by which the
                                benefits commenced before the month in which the
                                Participant  attains his or her Social  Security
                                retirement age.

                        (2)     If   the   distribution   of   a   Participant's
                                Retirement  Benefit  begins  before  his  or her
                                attainment of age 62 then the  limitation  shall
                                be reduced by (A) reducing the limitation to the
                                applicable  limit for benefits payable at age 62
                                in accordance  with  paragraph (i); and (B) then
                                determining  the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of that
                                amount at the Participant's age at the time that
                                the benefit commences.

                        (3)     If distribution  of a  Participant's  Retirement
                                Benefit  begins after the  Participant's  Social
                                Security retirement age, the limitation shall be
                                increased  (in   accordance   with   regulations
                                promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury) so
                                that it equals the  amount of an Annual  Benefit
                                beginning  at  the  time   distribution  of  the
                                Participant's  Retirement Benefit begins,  which
                                is the Actuarial Equivalent of an Annual Benefit
                                equal  to the  dollar  limitation  set  forth in
                                Section 9.2(a)(1) beginning at the Participant's
                                Social Security retirement age.

                (iii)   In the case of a Participant with less than ten years of
                        participation in the Plan or less than ten (10) years of
                        Credited Service:

                        (1)     the  dollar  limitation  set  forth  in  Section
                                9.2(a)(i)  shall be multiplied by a fraction the
                                numerator  of which is the  aggregate  number of

                                      -32-

<PAGE>

                                the Participant's  years of participation in the
                                Plan at the time the  determination  is made and
                                the denominator of which is ten, and

                        (2)     the  percentage  limitation set forth in Section
                                9.2(a)(2)  and  the  $10,000   minimum   benefit
                                referred  to in the  last  sentence  of  Section
                                9.2(a)  shall be  multiplied  by a fraction  the
                                numerator  of which is the  aggregate  number of
                                the years of the Participant's  Years of Service
                                at the  time the  determination  is made and the
                                denominator of which is ten.

                (iv)    For purposes of adjusting the  Participant's  retirement
                        benefit under Section 9.2(b)(i) or the dollar limitation
                        under Section  9.2(b)(ii),  the interest rate assumption
                        shall be that set  forth in the  Appendix  to this  Plan
                        subject to the  limitations on interest rates of Section
                        415(b)(2)(E)  of the Code,  and the mortality  decrement
                        shall be ignored to the extent  that a  forfeiture  does
                        not occur at death.

        (c)     The  Retirement  Benefit of a Participant  who was a Participant
                before  January  1, 1987  shall not be  reduced  under any other
                provisions  of this  Section  9.2 to the extent that it does not
                exceed the Participant's  Retirement  Benefit accrued as of that
                date and  determined  in  accordance  with the  requirements  of
                Section  415 of the Code in  effect  on that  date  and  without
                regard  to  amendments  to  the  Plan  after  May 5,  1986.  The
                Retirement Benefit of a Participant who was a Participant before
                January 1, 1983 shall be similarly protected.

        (d)     If a Participant  is a participant  in any Defined  Contribution
                Plan for  limitation  years  ending  before the 2000  limitation
                year, the Participant's  Retirement  Benefit shall be reduced to
                the extent that it causes the sum of the  Participant's  Defined
                Benefit Plan Fraction and the Participant's Defined Contribution
                Plan Fraction to exceed 1.0 for any Plan Year.

        (e)     If Section 415 of the Code is amended, or if new regulations are
                promulgated by the Secretary of Treasury, the restrictions under
                this  Section  9.2  shall be  correspondingly  modified  without
                formal amendment to this Plan.

9.3     Incorporation by Reference
        --------------------------

        Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in  Section  9.1  and  9.2  to the
        contrary, the limitations, adjustments and other requirements prescribed
        in Section 9.1 and 9.2 shall at all times comply with the  provisions of
        Code Section 415 and the Regulations thereunder,  the terms of which are
        specifically incorporated herein by reference.


                                      -33-
<PAGE>


9.4     Restrictions on 25 Highest Paid Employees
        -----------------------------------------

        (a)     Benefits  distributed to any of the twenty-five (25) most highly
                compensated  active and highly compensated former employees with
                the  greatest  compensation  in the  current  or prior  year are
                restricted such that the monthly payments are no greater than an
                amount equal to the monthly payment that would be made on behalf
                of such  individual  under a straight  life  annuity that is the
                Actuarial  Equivalent  of the  sum of the  individual's  Accrued
                Monthly Pension,  the individual's other benefits under the Plan
                (other than a social security  supplement  within the meaning of
                Regulation 1.411(a)-7(c)(4)(ii)),  and the amount the individual
                is  entitled  to  receive  under a social  security  supplement.
                However, the limitation of this Section 9.4 shall not apply if:

                (i)     after payment of the benefit to an individual  described
                        above,  the value of Plan  assets  equals or exceeds 110
                        percent of the value of current liabilities,  as defined
                        in Code Section 412(1)(7);

                (ii)    the value of the benefits  payable  under the Plan to an
                        individual described above is not less than 1 percent of
                        the value of current liabilities before distribution; or

                (iii)   the value of the benefits  payable  under the Plan to an
                        individual described above does not exceed $5,000.

        (b)     For  purposes of this  Section,  benefit  includes  any periodic
                income,  any withdrawal values payable to a living  Participant,
                and any death  benefits  not  provided  for by  insurance on the
                individual's life.

        (c)     An individual's  otherwise restricted benefit may be distributed
                in full to the affected  individual  if, prior to receipt of the
                restricted   amount,   the  individual  enters  into  a  written
                agreement with the Administrator to secure repayment to the Plan
                of the restricted amount. The restricted amount is the excess of
                the amounts  distributed  to the  individual  (accumulated  with
                reasonable  interest)  over the  amounts  that  could  have been
                distributed  to the  individual  under the straight life annuity
                described  above  (accumulated  with reasonable  interest).  The
                individual may secure  repayment of the  restricted  amount upon
                distribution by:

                (i)     entering into an agreement for promptly  depositing into
                        escrow with an acceptable depositary,  property having a
                        fair  market  value equal to at least 125 percent of the
                        restricted amount;

                (ii)    providing a bank letter of credit in an amount  equal to
                        at least 100 percent of the restricted amount; or

                                      -34-
<PAGE>


                (iii)   posting  a bond  equal to at least  100  percent  of the
                        restricted  amount.  The bond  must be  furnished  by an
                        insurance  company,  bonding company or other surety for
                        federal bonds.

        (d)     The escrow  agreement  may permit an individual to withdraw from
                escrow  amounts  in  excess  of 125  percent  of the  restricted
                amount. If the market value of the property in an escrow account
                falls below 110 percent of the remaining  restricted amount, the
                individual must deposit  additional  property to bring the value
                of the property held by the  depositary up to 125 percent of the
                restricted  amount.  The escrow arrangement may provide that the
                individual has the right to receive any income from the property
                placed in escrow,  subject  to the  individual's  obligation  to
                deposit  additional  property,  as set  forth  in the  preceding
                sentence.

        (e)     A surety or bank may release any  liability  on a bond or letter
                of credit in excess of 100 percent of the restricted amount.

        (f)     If the Administrator certifies to the depositary, surety or bank
                that the  individual (or the  individual's  estate) is no longer
                obligated  to repay any  restricted  amount,  a  depositary  may
                deliver  to the  individual  any  property  held under an escrow
                arrangement,  and a surety or bank may release any  liability or
                an individual's bond or letter of credit.

        (g)     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  with  respect  to  Plan  Years
                beginning prior to January 1, 1989, compliance with the Plan and
                Regulations then in effect shall be deemed  compliance with this
                Section 9.4.









                                      -35-
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE X

                                     FUNDING
                                     -------


10.1    Contributions to the Fund. The benefits provided under the Plan shall be
        -------------------------
        financed  exclusively  by  contributions  made  from time to time to the
        Trustees by the Company and by the Fund created thereby.  Subject to the
        provisions  of  applicable  law, the  liability of the Company under the
        Plan shall be limited to the  contributions  determined  by the  Company
        from time to time in  accordance  with the  advice  and  counsel  of the
        Actuary.  The Company's  liability for Plan payments shall be limited to
        making  contributions  into the Fund in order to  maintain  the  funding
        standard  account set forth in Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code.
        The funding  policy  applicable to the Fund shall be  established by the
        Committee and reviewed from time to time.

10.2    Use of Contributions to the Fund. The contributions  deposited under the
        --------------------------------
        terms of this Plan  shall  constitute  the Fund held for the  benefit of
        Participants,  former Employees,  and their eligible survivors under and
        in  accordance  with this  Plan.  No part of the corpus or income of the
        Fund shall be used for or diverted to  purposes  other than  exclusively
        for the  benefit  of such  Participants,  former  Employees,  and  their
        eligible  survivors and for necessary  administrative  costs;  provided,
        however, that, in the event of the termination of the Plan and after all
        fixed and  contingent  liability,  as defined  under the Code and ERISA,
        shall have been satisfied  and, upon receipt of the necessary  approvals
        from the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation,  any  remaining  funds
        attributable  to  contributions  by  the  Company  shall  revert  to the
        Company;  and further  provided that, in the case of a contribution  (a)
        made by the  Company  as a  mistake  of  fact,  or (b)  for  which a tax
        deduction is  disallowed,  in whole or in part, by the Internal  Revenue
        Service, the Company shall be entitled to a refund of said contributions
        (i) within one year after payment of a contribution is made as a mistake
        of fact,  or (ii) within one year after  disallowance,  to the extent of
        such disallowance, as the case may be.

10.3    Forfeitures.  Forfeitures and other actuarial gains shall not be applied
        -----------
        to  increase  the  benefits  of any  Participant,  but shall  reduce the
        contributions of the Participating Company hereunder.


                                      -36-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 ADMINISTRATION
                                 --------------



11.1    Committee.  The Company is plan  administrator  with full  discretionary
        ---------
        authority to interpret the Plan,  find facts  relating to the Plan,  and
        apply  the Plan as such to the  facts.  The  Board of  Directors  of the
        Company  shall  appoint  a  Committee  consisting  of not less  than two
        persons  to act  on  behalf  of  the  Company  with  full  discretionary
        authority to control and manage the  operation of, and  administer,  the
        Plan.  The  Committee  members  may,  but need not be,  employees of the
        Company and shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of the
        Company. They shall be entitled to reimbursement of expenses,  but those
        members of the Committee who are also  employees of the Company shall be
        entitled to no  compensation  for their  service on the  Committee.  Any
        reimbursement  of  expenses  of the  Committee  members  shall  be  paid
        directly by the Company.  Vacancies on the Committee  shall be filled by
        the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company.  Such  Committee  shall  be
        responsible for the general  administration of the Plan under the policy
        guidance of the Company.

11.2    Duties and Powers of the Committee. In addition to the duties and powers
        ----------------------------------
        described  elsewhere  hereunder,  the Committee shall have the following
        specific duties and powers:

        (a)     to  retain  such  consultants,   accountants,   attorneys,   and
                Actuaries as deemed necessary or desirable to render statements,
                reports,  and advice with  respect to the Plan and to assist the
                Committee in complying with all applicable rules and regulations
                affecting the Plan; any consultants, accountants, attorneys, and
                Actuaries may be the same as those retained by the Company;

        (b)     to decide appeals under Article XIII;

        (c)     to establish a funding policy  consistent with the objectives of
                the Plan;

        (d)     to enact uniform and nondiscriminatory  rules and regulations to
                carry out the provisions of the Plan;

        (e)     to resolve  questions or disputes  relating to  eligibility  for
                benefits or the amount of benefits under the Plan;

        (f)     to interpret the provisions of the Plan;

        (g)     to determine  whether any domestic  relations  order received by
                the Plan is a qualified domestic relations order, as provided in
                Section 414(p) of the Code;

        (h)     to evaluate administrative procedures; and


                                      -37-
<PAGE>


        (i)     to  delegate  such  duties  and  powers as the  Committee  shall
                determine from time to time to any person or persons,  including
                the Administrator.

11.3    Functioning of Committee. The Committee and those persons or entities to
        ------------------------
        whom the Committee has  delegated  responsibilities  shall keep accurate
        records and minutes of  meetings,  interpretations  and  decisions.  Any
        Employee may examine records  pertaining  directly to him. The Committee
        shall  elect  a  chairman  and a  secretary  from  its  membership.  The
        Committee  shall act by majority  vote of the  members,  and such action
        shall be evidenced by a written document.

11.4    Indemnification.  Each member of the Committee, and any other person who
        ---------------
        is an employee or director of the Company,  shall be  indemnified by the
        Company against expenses (other than amounts paid in settlement to which
        the Company does not consent)  reasonably  incurred by him in connection
        with any action to which he may be a party by reason of his  performance
        of  administrative  functions  and  duties  under  the  Plan,  except in
        relation  to matters as to which he shall be  adjudged in such action to
        be  personally  guilty  of  negligence  or  willful  misconduct  in  the
        performance of his duties. The foregoing right to indemnification  shall
        be in addition to such other rights as the  Committee  member,  or other
        person may enjoy as a matter of law or by reason of  insurance  coverage
        of any kind. Rights granted hereunder shall be in addition to and not in
        lieu of any rights to  indemnification to which the Committee member, or
        other person may be entitled pursuant to the by-laws of the Company.

11.5    The Trustee.  The Trustee shall be the named  fiduciary  with respect to
        -----------
        the  management  and  control of Plan  assets held by it, and shall have
        exclusive  authority to hold,  manage and  administer  the Trust Fund in
        accordance  with the terms of the Trust  Agreement  entered into between
        the  Company  and the Trustee  except to the extent  that  authority  to
        manage   certain   assets  held  by  the  Trust  is   delegated  by  the
        Administrative  Committee to an Investment Manager pursuant to the terms
        of the Trust  Agreement.  The Trustee may designate  agents or others to
        carry out certain of the administrative  responsibilities  in connection
        with the management of the Trust.

11.6    The Trust Fund. The Trust Fund shall be used to pay benefits as provided
        --------------
        in the Plan and for the payment of expenses  relating to the Plan except
        to the extent  that such  expenses  are paid by the  Employers.  For all
        other purposes, including investment management and custodial functions,
        the Trust  Fund held under  this Plan may be  commingled  with the Trust
        Fund or  Funds  held  under  any  other  pensions  plan or  plans of the
        Company.  Prior to the  satisfaction of all rights of  Participants  and
        Beneficiaries  under the Plan, no part of the principal or income of the
        Trust  Fund  shall be used or  diverted  to  purposes  other  than those
        provided in the Plan,  and no part thereof shall revert to the Employers
        except after satisfaction of all liabilities of the Plan.


                                      -38-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XII

                            MANAGEMENT OF TRUST FUND
                            ------------------------


12.1    The Trust  Fund.  The Trust Fund  shall be held in trust by the  Trustee
        ---------------
        appointed from time to time (before or after termination of the Plan) by
        the Administrative Committee and shall he evidenced by a Trust Agreement
        between the Company and the Trustee, a copy of which shall be filed with
        the Administrative Committee.

12.2    Exclusive Benefit.  The Trust Agreement must contain a provision that it
        -----------------
        shall  be  impossible  at any  time  prior  to the  satisfaction  of all
        liabilities with respect to Participants or Beneficiaries  thereof under
        the Trust,  for any part of the corpus or income to be used for purposes
        other than for the exclusive  benefit of Participants  or  Beneficiaries
        and  paying  the  reasonable  expenses  of the  Plan  and of the  Trust,
        provided  that  nothing  herein shall be deemed to prevent the return of
        any employer  contribution  (1) resulting from a mistake of fact, or (2)
        conditioned upon deductibility under Section 404 of the Code, within one
        year  after the date of (i)  payment  of the  contribution,  or (ii) the
        disallowance of the contribution, respectively.

12.3    Trustee's  Reports.  As soon as  practicable  after each Plan Year,  the
        ------------------
        Trustee  shall submit to the  Administrative  Committee  an  appropriate
        report stating the net value of the Trust Fund as of the end of the Plan
        Year and containing such other information relating to the Trust Fund as
        the Administrative Committee from time to time may request.

12.4    Trust  Agreement.  The Trust  Agreement shall be a part of this Plan and
        ----------------
        any rights or benefits under this Plan shall be subject to all the terms
        and provisions of the Trust Agreement.

12.5    Expenses.  All expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan shall
        --------
        be paid for by the Trust  Fund to the  extent  not paid by the  Company.
        Such expenses include any expenses incident to the administration of the
        Plan  including,  but not limited to, fees of  accountants,  counsel and
        other specialist.


                                      -39-
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                            BENEFIT CLAIMS PROCEDURE
                            ------------------------



13.1    Claim for Benefits. Any claim for benefits under this Plan shall be made
        ------------------
        in writing to the Administrative  Committee.  If a claim for benefits is
        wholly or partially denied, the Administrative Committee shall so notify
        the  Participant  or  Beneficiary  within 90 days  after  receipt of the
        claim, unless special circumstances require an extension to 180 days, in
        which  case  the  Participant  will  be  notified  of the  need  for the
        extension  within the initial 90-day period.  The notice of denial shall
        be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Participant or
        Beneficiary  and shall  contain (a) the  specific  reason or reasons for
        denial of the claim,  (b) a specific  reference  to the  pertinent  Plan
        provisions  upon which the  denial is based,  (c) a  description  of any
        additional  material  or  information  necessary  to  perfect  the claim
        together  with an  explanation  of why such material or  information  is
        necessary and (d) an  explanation of the claims review  procedure.  If a
        written  notice  of  denial  is  not  provided  to  the  Participant  or
        Beneficiary within such time period, the claim may be considered denied.

13.2    Review of Claim.  Within 60 days after the receipt by the Participant or
        ---------------
        Beneficiary of notice of denial of a claim (or at such later time as may
        be reasonable in view of the nature of the benefit  subject to claim and
        other  circumstances),  the  Participant or  Beneficiary  may (a) file a
        request with the Committee that it conduct a full and fair review of the
        denial of the  claim,  (b)  review  pertinent  documents  and (c) submit
        questions and comments to the Committee in writing.

13.3    Decision After Review. Within 60 days after the receipt of a request for
        ---------------------
        review under Section 13.2, the Administrative Committee shall deliver to
        the  Participant or  Beneficiary a written  decision with respect to the
        claim, except that if there are special  circumstances (such as the need
        to hold a hearing)  which require more time for  processing,  the 60-day
        period  shall be  extended  to 120 days upon  notice  within the initial
        60-day period to the  Participant  or  Beneficiary  to that effect.  The
        decision shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the
        Participant or Beneficiary  and shall (a) include the specific reason or
        reasons for the  decision  and (b) contain a specific  reference  to the
        pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision is based. If a written
        notice of denial  is not  provided  to the  Participant  or  Beneficiary
        within such time period, the appeal may be considered denied.

13.4    Committee  Determination  Binding. The Committee shall have the right to
        ---------------------------------
        decide, in their sole and exclusive discretion, all questions respecting
        the  interpretation,  application,  or  administration  of the  rules of
        eligibility for the benefits or services  furnished by the Plan and such
        decisions  shall  be  conclusive  and  binding  upon  all  Participants,
        dependents and beneficiaries.


                                      -40-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XIV

                           NON-ALIENATION OF BENEFITS
                           --------------------------


14.1    Non-Alienation. Subject to Section 14.2, any benefits under or interests
        --------------
        in  this  Plan  shall  not  be  assignable  or  subject  to  alienation,
        hypothecation,  garnishment,  attachment, execution or levy of any kind.
        Any action in violation of this provision shall be void.

14.2    Qualified Domestic Relations Orders. Section 13.1 shall not apply to the
        -----------------------------------
        creation, assignment or recognition of a right to the Retirement Benefit
        of a Participant  pursuant to a Qualified  Domestic Relations Order. The
        Administrative  Committee  shall  establish  reasonable  procedures  for
        determining  whether a domestic  relations order is a Qualified Domestic
        Relations Order and for administering distributions under such order.


                                      -41-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XV

                           DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY
                           --------------------------



15.1    Beneficiary Designation.
        -----------------------

        (a)     The  designation  of a  beneficiary  under a joint and  survivor
                annuity  shall  be  fixed  and may not be  changed  on or  after
                benefit payments commence.

        (b)     The  designation  of a beneficiary to receive any remainder of a
                guaranteed  number of payments may be made or changed  until the
                date on which the guaranteed period has expired.

        (c)     Subject to  Subsections  (a) and (b) and to the  provisions  set
                forth  above  relating  to the  rights of  Spouses  to  survivor
                benefit  payments,  each Participant shall have the right at any
                time to designate or to change the previous  designation  of the
                beneficiary or beneficiaries who shall receive benefits, if any,
                after his death by  executing  and filing  with the  Committee a
                form prescribed by the Committee. No designation, revocation, or
                change of beneficiaries  shall be valid and effective unless and
                until filed with the Committee. If no designation is made, or if
                all of the beneficiaries  named in such designation  predeceases
                the  Participant  or cannot be  located  by the  Committee,  the
                interest,  if any, of the deceased  Participant shall be paid to
                the  surviving   relatives  of  the  Participant  in  the  first
                surviving  class  in the  schedule  set  forth as  follows:  (i)
                Spouse,  (ii) lineal  descendants  (including  stepchildren  and
                adopted   persons),   (iii)  parents   equally,   and  (iv)  the
                Participant's estate.

15.2    Effective  Date of  Designation.  Any  designation  or  revocation  of a
        -------------------------------
        designation  of a  Beneficiary  shall  become  effective  when  actually
        received  by the  Administrative  Committee  but  shall not  affect  any
        distribution previously made pursuant to a prior designation.










                                      -42-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XVI

                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
                            -------------------------



16.1    Power of Amendment and  Termination.  It is the intention of the Company
        -----------------------------------
        that this Plan will be  permanent.  However,  the Company  reserves  the
        right to terminate its  participation in this Plan at any time by action
        of its board of  directors or other  governing  body.  Furthermore,  the
        Company reserves the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time by
        action of the Board of  Directors.  Each  amendment  to the Plan will be
        binding on the Company.

16.2    Limitation on Amendment.
        ------------------------

        (a)     Except as expressly provided elsewhere in the Plan, prior to the
                satisfaction  of all  liabilities  with  respect to the benefits
                provided under this Plan, no such amendment or termination shall
                cause any part of the monies contributed  hereunder to revert to
                the Company or to be diverted to any purpose  other than for the
                exclusive  benefit of Participants and their  beneficiaries.  No
                amendment  shall  have the  effect  of  retroactively  depriving
                Participants  of benefits  already  accrued under the Plan.  Any
                amendment  shall become  effective as of the date  designated by
                the Board of Directors.

        (b)     Except  as  permitted  by  Regulations,  no  Plan  amendment  or
                transaction  having  the effect of a Plan  amendment  (such as a
                merger, plan transfer or similar transaction) shall be effective
                to the extent it eliminates  or reduces any "Section  411(d) (6)
                protected  benefit" or adds or modifies  conditions  relating to
                "Section 411(d) (6) protected benefits" the result of which is a
                further  restriction  on  such  benefit  unless  such  protected
                benefits are  preserved  with respect to benefits  accrued as of
                the  later  of  the  adoption  date  or  effective  date  of the
                amendment.  "Section 411(d) (6) protected benefits" are benefits
                described  in  Code  Section   411(d)(6)(A),   early  retirement
                benefits and  retirement-type  subsidies,  and optional forms of
                benefits.

        (c)     If this Plan is amended  and an effect of such  amendment  is to
                increase  current  liability (as defined in Code Section  401(a)
                (29) (E)) under the Plan for a Plan Year, and the funded current
                liability  percentage of the Plan for the plan Year in which the
                amendment  takes  effect  is  less  than  sixty  percent  (60%),
                including the amount of the unfunded current liability under the
                Plan attributable to the amendment, the amendment shall not take
                effect until the  Employer (or any member of a controlled  group
                which includes the Employer)  provides security to the Plan. The
                form and amount of such security shall satisfy the  requirements
                of Code Section  401(a) (29) (B) and (C).  Such  security may be
                released  provided the  requirements of Code Section 401(a) (29)
                (D) are satisfied.


                                      -43-
<PAGE>


16.3    Amendment to Vesting  Provision.  If the vesting provisions set forth in
        -------------------------------
        Article VI are amended,  any Participant who, as of the effective day of
        the  amendment  had been  credited  with  three or more years of Vesting
        Service  may  irrevocably  elect  to have  his  nonforfeitable  interest
        computed  without regard to the  amendment.  Notice of the amendment and
        the   availability   of  the  election  shall  be  given  to  each  such
        Participant,  and the election may be  exercised by the  Participant  by
        notice to the Administrative Committee within 60 days after the later of
        (a) the Participant's  receipt of the notice,  (b) the day the amendment
        is adopted or (c) the effective date of the amendment.

16.4    Amendment to Maintain Qualified Status.  Notwithstanding anything to the
        --------------------------------------
        contrary in Section 16.1,  the Board,  in its  discretion,  may make any
        modifications or amendments to the Plan, retroactively or prospectively,
        which it deems  appropriate  to  establish  or maintain the Plan and the
        Trust  Agreement as a qualified  employees' plan and trust under Section
        401 and 501 of the Code.

16.5    Disposition on  Termination.  In the event of the termination or partial
        ---------------------------
        termination  of the Plan,  as defined in the Code,  the interest of each
        affected  Participant who would not have a non-forfeitable  right to one
        hundred  percent  (100%)  of  his  Accrued  Benefit  if  his  employment
        terminated on the date of the termination or partial  termination of the
        Plan  shall  become  non-forfeitable;  however,  in the  event of such a
        termination, each Participant and beneficiary shall have recourse toward
        satisfaction of his non-forfeitable rights to his pension only from Plan
        assets or from the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation to the extent
        that it guarantees benefits.

        The amount of the Fund shall be  determined  and,  after  providing  for
        expenses  incident to termination and liquidation,  the remaining assets
        of such Fund shall be allocated in accordance with Section 4044 of ERISA
        for the  purpose of paying  benefits  proportionately  among each of the
        priority groups described below in the following order of precedence:

        (a)     to provide benefits to retired  Participants  and  beneficiaries
                who began  receiving  benefits at least  three years  before the
                Plan termination (including those benefits which would have been
                received for at least three years if the Participant had retired
                that long ago),  based on Plan  provisions  in effect five years
                prior to  termination  during which period such benefit would be
                the least; provided that the lowest benefit in pay status during
                a  three-year  period  shall be  considered  the  benefit in pay
                status for such period;

        (b)     to provide all other Accrued Benefits guaranteed by Federal law;

        (c)     to provide all other vested Accrued Benefits;

        (d)     to provide all remaining non-vested Accrued Benefits.


                                      -44-

<PAGE>

        If the assets  available for allocation  under any priority group (other
        than as  provided in priority  groups (c) and (d)) are  insufficient  to
        satisfy  in  full  the  Accrued   Benefits  of  all   Participants   and
        beneficiaries,  the  assets  shall  be  allocated  pro rata  among  such
        Participants  and  beneficiaries  on the basis of the  present  value of
        their  respective  benefits (as of the termination  date). The foregoing
        payments and payments in the event  assets are  insufficient  to pay the
        Accrued Benefits provided in priority groups (c) and (d) will be paid in
        accordance with  regulations  prescribed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty
        Corporation.  The procedure for allocation of assets upon termination of
        the Plan will be carried out in an appropriate  manner as to prevent the
        Plan from being deemed disqualified by the Internal Revenue Service.

        In the  event all  Accrued  Benefits  described  above  have been  fully
        funded, any remaining funds will revert to the Company.

        Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  in this  Section,  if any of the
        provisions  of  this  Section   conflicts  with  ERISA  and  regulations
        thereunder, then ERISA and its regulations shall control.

16.6    Merger,   Consolidation,   or  Transfer.   In  case  of  any  merger  or
        -------------------------------------
        consolidation  with, or transfer of assets or  liabilities  to any other
        plan,  as  provided  in the Code,  the  benefit  of any  Participant  or
        beneficiary  immediately after such merger,  consolidation,  or transfer
        (if the Plan had then terminated) shall be at least equal to the benefit
        such Participant or beneficiary would have received  immediately  before
        such  merger,   consolidation,   or  transfer  (if  the  Plan  had  then
        terminated).

        Plant  Shutdown.  Effective  December 31, 1996 the Systems  Division was
        ---------------
        shut down.  Certain  employees  were covered by the Met-Pro  Corporation
        Negotiated Pension Plan. The Met-Pro Corporation Negotiated Pension Plan
        is merged  into  this Plan  effective  June 1,  1997.  In the event of a
        termination or partial termination or spin-off of this Plan occurring on
        or prior to May 31, 2002,  the allocation of assets of the Plan pursuant
        to this  Article XVI shall be made in such a manner as to give effect to
        any  special  schedule  of  benefits  which  is  required,  pursuant  to
        regulations issued under Section 414(l) of the Internal Revenue Code, to
        be  created  as a  result  of  the  merger  of the  Met-Pro  Corporation
        Negotiated  Pension Plan into this Plan which merger was effective as of
        June 1, 1997.


                                      -45-
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XVII

                              TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
                              --------------------



17.1    The following definitions apply for purposes of this Article XVII:

        (a)     Average   Compensation   -  a   Participant's   average   annual
                compensation  (as  defined in  Regulation  1.415-2(d)(1)  of the
                Code)  during  the five  consecutive  Plan  Years  in which  the
                Participant  received  the  greatest  compensation,  taking into
                account only Plan Years (1) during  which he was a  Participant,
                (2) with respect to which the  Participant  was credited  with a
                year of  Vesting  Service  and (3) ending no later than the last
                day of the  last  Plan  Year in which  the Plan was a Top  Heavy
                Plan.

        (b)     Determination  Date - with respect to any plan year of the Plan,
                a Defined Benefit Plan or a Defined  Contribution Plan, the last
                day of the preceding plan year (or in the case of the first plan
                year of a plan the last day of that plan year).

        (c)     Key Employee - an Employee who at any time during a Plan Year or
                any of the  preceding  four Plan  Years is (a) an officer of the
                Employer with Compensation greater than 50 percent of the amount
                in effect under Section 415(b)(l)(A) of the Code on the last day
                of the Plan Year, (b) one of the ten Employees with Compensation
                greater than the amount in effect under Section  415(c)(l)(A) of
                the Code on the last day of the Plan Year and owning the largest
                percentage  (in excess of one half of one  percent)  interest in
                value of the Company (c) a Five  Percent  Owner and (d) an owner
                of more than One Percent  Owner with  Compensation  in excess of
                $150,000.  The  determination  of whether an  Employee  is a Key
                Employee shall be made in accordance  with Section 416(i) of the
                Code.  The  Beneficiary  of a Key Employee shall be treated as a
                Key Employee.

        (d)     Permissive  Aggregation  Group of  Plans - a group  of  employee
                benefit plans  including a Required  Aggregation  Group of Plans
                and any other  Defined  Benefit  Plans or  Defined  Contribution
                Plans which when considered as a group meets the requirements of
                Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

        (e)     Required  Aggregation  Group  of  Plans  - a group  of  employee
                benefit plans  including  each Defined  Benefit Plan and Defined
                Contribution  Plan (a) in  which  any Key  Employee  is or was a
                Participant  or (b) which enables a plan described in clause (a)
                to meet the requirements of Section  401(a)(4) or Section 410 of
                the Code.

        (f)     Super  Top  Heavy  Plan - the  Plan  for  any  Plan  Year  if it
                satisfies  the  definition  of Top Heavy  Plan  with 90  percent
                substituted for 60 percent.

                                      -46-
<PAGE>

        (g)     Top  Heavy  Fraction  means  (a) with  respect  to the  Plan,  a
                fraction for a Plan Year the numerator of which is the aggregate
                of  the  present  values  of  the  accrued   benefits  as  of  a
                Determination Date of all Participants who are Key Employees and
                the  denominator of which is the aggregate of the present values
                of  the  accrued  benefits  as of a  Determination  Date  of all
                Participants or (b) with respect to a Required Aggregation Group
                of Plans or a Permissive  Aggregation  Group of Plans a fraction
                (A) the  numerator  of which is the sum of (i) the  aggregate of
                the present values of the accrued  benefits as of the applicable
                Determination  Date of all  Participants  who are Key  Employees
                under all defined  benefit plans included in that group and (ii)
                the aggregate credit balances as of the applicable Determination
                Date in the accounts of all  Participants  who are Key Employees
                under all defined  contribution  plans included in the group and
                (B) the  denominator of which is the sum of (i) the aggregate of
                the present values of the accrued  benefits as of the applicable
                Determination Date of all Participants under all defined benefit
                plans  included  in the  Group  and  (ii) the  aggregate  credit
                balances as of the applicable Determination Date in the accounts
                of  all  Participants  under  all  defined   contribution  plans
                included in the group.

                In computing a Top Heavy Fraction for a Plan Year, the following
                rules shall apply:  (a) the present value of accrued benefits as
                of a Determination  Date under each defined benefit plan and the
                aggregate account balances as of a Determination Date under each
                defined  contribution  plan shall be increased by the  aggregate
                distributions  made from that plan to  Participants  during  the
                five year  period  ending  on the  Determination  Date,  (b) the
                accrued  benefit under any defined  benefit plan and the account
                balance under any defined contribution plan of a Participant who
                has not  performed  services  for an Employer at any time during
                the five-year period ending on the  Determination  Date shall be
                disregarded,  (c) the present value of accrued  benefits under a
                defined benefit plan as of a  Determination  Date and the credit
                balance under a defined contribution plan shall be determined as
                of that plan's  valuation  date which occurs during the 12-month
                period ending on the  Determination  Date,  (d) in the case of a
                Required  Aggregation Group or a Permissive  Aggregation  Group,
                the Determination  Date of each Plan included in the group shall
                be the Determination  Date that occurs in the same calendar year
                as the  Determination  Date of the  Plan,  (e) in the  case of a
                Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group, in
                determining the present value of accrued  benefits the actuarial
                assumptions  set  forth  for  this  Plan  shall  be used for all
                defined  benefit  plans,  and  (f) in  the  case  of a  Required
                Aggregation  Group or Permissive  Aggregation  Group the present
                value of the accrued benefits under all defined benefit plans of
                Participants  other than Key Employees shall he determined based
                upon the method  used  uniformly  for accrual  purposes  for all
                defined benefit plans but if there is no uniform  method,  based
                upon the benefit  accrual rate which does not exceed the slowest
                accrual  rate  permitted  under the  fractional  accrual rule of
                Section 411(b)(l)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code.


                                      -47-
<PAGE>

        (h)     Top  Heavy  Plan - the Plan for any Plan  Year if the Top  Heavy
                Fraction for that Plan Year exceeds 60 percent (a) for the Plan,
                if the  Plan is not  part of a  Required  Aggregation  Group  of
                Plans, (b) for the Required  Aggregation  Group of Plans, if the
                Plan is part of a Required  Aggregation  Group of Plans,  or (c)
                for the Permissive  Aggregation  Group of Plans,  if the Plan is
                part of a Permissive  Aggregation  Group of Plans and a Required
                Aggregation Group of Plans.

17.2    When Top Heavy Provisions Apply.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
        -------------------------------
        this Plan,  the provisions of this Article XVII shall apply with respect
        to any Plan Year for which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.

17.3    Minimum  Benefit.   Subject  to  Article  IX,  upon  the  retirement  or
        ----------------
        termination  of employment  of a Participant  who is not a Key Employee,
        the  Participant's  retirement  benefit shall be equal to the greater of
        (a) the Retirement  Benefit that  otherwise  would be determined for the
        Participant under Article V if no effect were given to this Article XVII
        and  (b)  the  product  of  2  percent  of  the  Participant's   Average
        Compensation and the number of years of his or her Years of Service (not
        in excess of 10)  credited  with respect to Plan Years in which the Plan
        is a Top Heavy  Plan and he or she is a  Participant.  For  purposes  of
        determining a Participant's  Retirement Benefit under this Section 17.3,
        it shall be assumed that payment of the  Retirement  Benefit shall be in
        the  form  of  a  straight  life  annuity  without  ancillary  benefits,
        commencing on the Participant's Normal Retirement Date. If a Participant
        who is not a Key  Employee  participates  in both a defined  benefit and
        defined  contribution  Plan, the Company is not required to provide such
        Participant  both the minimum benefit and the minimum  contribution.  In
        such event, the Participant  shall receive the benefit described in this
        Section.

        The retirement  benefit  determined  under this Section 17.3 shall apply
        even though as a result of other Plan  provisions a  Participant  who is
        not a Key  Employee  would  not  otherwise  have been  entitled  to have
        received a benefit or would have received a lesser  benefit  because (i)
        he or she  failed to make  mandatory  employee  contributions  under the
        Plan; (ii) his or her Compensation is less than the stated amount; (iii)
        he or she is not  employed  on the last day of the  accrual  computation
        period or (iv) the Plan is integrated with Social Security.

17.4    Vesting.  For any  Plan  Year  the Plan is a Top  Heavy  Plan,  the non-
        -------
        forfeitable  portion of the Retirement  Benefit of a Participant  who is
        credited  with at least one Hour of Service  during that Plan Year under
        Section  1.24 shall be the greater of the  percentage  determined  under
        Article VI and a percentage based on the Participant's  Years of Service
        as follows:

              Number of Years of Service                  Vesting Percentage

                        0                                         0
                        1                                         0
                        2                                        20
                        3                                        40
                        4                                        60
                        5                                        80
                    6 or more                                   100


                                      -48-
<PAGE>

17.5    Change  From Top Heavy  Vesting.  If the Plan is a Top Heavy  Plan for a
        -------------------------------
        Plan  Year and  ceases to be a Top Heavy  Plan for the  subsequent  Plan
        Year, the change in the vesting provision under this Section 17.5 to the
        vesting provision under Article VI shall for purposes of Section 16.3 be
        treated as an amendment of the vesting provisions of the Plan.

17.6    Combined Limitation.  For any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Super Top
        -------------------
        Heavy  Plan,  1.0 shall be  substituted  for 1.25 in  clause  (1) of the
        definition of Defined Benefit Plan Fraction  (Section 9.1(b)) and clause
        (2) of the  definition of Defined  Contribution  Plan Fraction  (Section
        9.1(c)).  The foregoing  shall not apply for Plan Years  beginning on or
        after the first day of the 2000 limitation year.
































                                      -49-
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XVIII

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS
                               ------------------



18.1    No Employment Rights.  Neither the action of the Company in establishing
        --------------------
        the Plan,  nor any provisions of the Plan, nor any action taken by it or
        by the  Committee  shall be  construed  as giving to any employee of the
        Company the right to be retained in its employ,  or any right to payment
        except to the  extent of the  benefits  provided  in the Plan to be paid
        from the Fund.

18.2    Governing Law. Except to the extent  superseded by ERISA,  all questions
        -------------
        pertaining  to the  validity,  construction,  and  operation of the Plan
        shall be determined  in  accordance  with the laws of the state in which
        the principal place of business of the Company is located.

18.3    Severability of Provisions.  If any provision of this plan is determined
        --------------------------
        to be void by any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  the  Plan  shall
        continue to operate and, for the  purposes of the  jurisdiction  of that
        court only, shall be deemed not to include the provisions  determined to
        be void.

18.4    No Interest in Fund. No persons shall have any interest in, or right to,
        -------------------
        any part of the  principal  or income of the Fund,  except as and to the
        extent expressly provided in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement.

18.5    Discretion.  Any discretionary acts under this Plan by the Company or by
        ----------
        the  Administrative  Committee  shall be uniform and  applicable  to all
        persons  similarly  situated.  No discretionary act shall be taken which
        constitutes  prohibited  discrimination  under the provisions of Section
        401(a) of the Code.

18.6    Gender.  Wherever  applicable,  any word  used in the  masculine  should
        ------
        include the  feminine,  and any word used in the singular  shall include
        the plural.

18.7    Participant    Information.    Each   Participant   shall   notify   the
        --------------------------
        Administrative  Committee of (a) his mailing  address and each change of
        mailing address, (b) the Participant's,  the Participant's Beneficiary's
        and, if applicable  the  Participant's  Spouse's date of birth,  (c) the
        Participant's  marital status and any change of his marital status,  and
        (d) any other information required by the Administrative  Committee. The
        information provided by the Participant under this Section 18.7 shall be
        binding upon the Participant and the  Participant's  Beneficiary for all
        purposes of the Plan.


                                      -50-
<PAGE>


18.8    Statement of Retirement Benefits.  Upon a Participant's  written request
        --------------------------------
        to the Administrative  Committee,  but no more frequently than once in a
        twelve-month period, the Administrative Committee shall furnish him with
        a statement of his Retirement Benefits.

18.9    Notices. Any notice, request, election, designation, revocation or other
        -------
        communication  under  this  Plan  shall  be  in  writing  and  shall  be
        considered given when delivered personally or mailed by first class mail
        to the last address furnished to the Committee.

18.10   Headings. The headings in this Plan are for convenience of reference and
        --------
        shall not be given substantive effect.

18.11   Withholding.  The  Committee  and the  Trustees  shall have the right to
        -----------
        withhold  any and all  state,  local,  and  Federal  taxes  which may be
        withheld in accordance with applicable law.

Executed this 26th of February, 2002.




         [SEAL]               (NAME)

                              By:  /s/ William L. Kacin
                                 ----------------------
                                   President and CEO



















                                      -51-
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

          ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTIONS USED TO DETERMINE ACTUARIAL EQUIVALENCE
          -------------------------------------------------------------


1.      "Actuarial  Equivalent".  Subject to Section 2, the Actuarial Equivalent
        -----------------------
        of a given benefit shall be determined using the following assumptions:

        (a)     Interest - 8 percent per annum compounded annually.

        (b)     Mortality - The 1971 Male Group Annuity Table with ages set back
                three years.

2.      Minimum Actuarial Equivalent Present Value.
        ------------------------------------------

        (a)     Subject to paragraph (b) below, if a Participant's  benefits are
                to be paid in a single sum, then in no event shall the Actuarial
                Present Value of a  Participant's  Vested  Interest be less than
                the greater of:

                (i)     such present value  determined  based on the assumptions
                        set forth in Section 1 above, or

                (ii)    such  present  value  determined  based on the  interest
                        rates  which  would be used as of the  first  day of the
                        Plan Year in which  distribution  occurs by the  Pension
                        Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  for  a  trusteed  single
                        employer  Plan  and the  mortality  table  specified  in
                        paragraph (b) of Section 1.

        (b)     Effective September 1, 1995, if a Participant's  benefits are to
                be paid in a single sum,  then in no event  shall the  Actuarial
                Equivalent  present value of a Participant's  Vested Interest be
                less than:

                (i)     such present value  determined  based on the assumptions
                        set forth in Section 1 above, or

                (ii)    such  present  value   determined  using  the  following
                        assumptions:

                        (A)     Interest  -  the  annual  rate  of  interest  on
                                30-Year Treasury  securities as published by the
                                IRS for the month  prior to the  first  month of
                                the Plan Year in which the distribution occurs.

                        (B)     Mortality  -  determined  under  the  applicable
                                mortality table under Code Section 417(e).


                                      -52-
<PAGE>

        (c)     Solely for the purpose of determining  an actuarial  increase in
                benefits due as a result of the  commencement  of such  benefits
                after the Participant's  attainment of age 70 1/2, the following
                assumptions will be used:

                (i)     Interest - 5 percent per annum compounded annually,

                (ii)    Mortality - 1994 Group Annuity Table.























                                      -53-
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX B



Effective  as of December 31, 2000,  the Accrued  Monthly  Pension of William L.
Kacin is increased by $6,666.67.





























                                      -54-

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>4
<FILENAME>ex10s.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10.S
<TEXT>
                                                                  Exhibit (10.s)


                             FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
                    MET-PRO CORPORATION SALARIED PENSION PLAN


        This First Amendment to the Met-Pro  Corporation  Salaried  Pension Plan
(the "Plan") is made by Met Pro Corporation (the "Company").


                              W I T N E S S E T H:


        WHEREAS,the  Company  established  the Plan for its  eligible  employees
effective as of  September 1, 1968,  and amended and restated as of September 1,
2000; and

        WHEREAS,  the Company  reserved the right in Section 16.1 of the Plan to
amend the Plan at any time; and

        WHEREAS,  the  Company  now  desires  to amend the Plan to make  certain
changes  as  required  or  permitted  by the  Economic  Growth  and  Tax  Relief
Reconciliation  Act of 2001;  to make  certain  required  changes  to the Plan's
claims  procedures;  to add  Pristine  Hydrochemical,  Inc.  as a  participating
employer;  and to revise the use of mortality  tables for certain purposes under
the Plan.

        NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as set forth below.

Preamble
- --------

1.      Adoption and effective date of amendment.  This amendment of the Met-Pro
        ----------------------------------------
        Corporation  Salaried  Pension  Plan (the  "Plan") is adopted to reflect
        certain provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief  Reconciliation
        Act of 2001  ("EGTRRA"),  and to make certain other changes to the Plan.
        This   amendment  is  intended  as  good  faith   compliance   with  the
        requirements  of EGTRRA and is to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA
        and  guidance  issued  thereunder.  Except as otherwise  provided,  this
        amendment  shall be effective as of the first day of the first plan year
        beginning after December 31, 2001.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>


2.      Supersession of inconsistent provisions.  This amendment shall supersede
        ---------------------------------------
        the  provisions  of  the  plan  to  the  extent  those   provisions  are
        inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment.

Section 1. Limitations on Benefits
           -----------------------

1.      Effective  date.  This section shall be effective for  limitation  years
        ending after December 31, 2001.

2.      Definitions.
        -----------

        2.1     Defined benefit dollar  limitation.  The "defined benefit dollar
                ----------------------------------
                limitation"  is $160,000,  as adjusted,  effective  January 1 of
                each year,  under  section  415(d) of the Code in such manner as
                the  Secretary  shall  prescribe,  and  payable in the form of a
                straight  life annuity.  A limitation as adjusted  under section
                415(d) will apply to limitation  years ending with or within the
                calendar year for which the adjustment applies.

        2.2     Maximum permissible  benefit.  The "maximum permissible benefit"
                ----------------------------
                is the lesser of the defined  benefit  dollar  limitation or the
                defined  benefit  compensation  limitation  (both adjusted where
                required,  as provided in (a) and, if applicable,  in (b) or (c)
                below).

                (a)     If  the   Participant   has  fewer   than  10  years  of
                        participation  in the Plan,  the defined  benefit dollar
                        limitation  shall be multiplied  by a fraction,  (i) the
                        numerator  of which  is the  number  of  years  (or part
                        thereof)  of  participation  in the  Plan  and  (ii) the
                        denominator of which is 10. In the case of a Participant
                        who  has  fewer  than  10  years  of  service  with  the
                        employer,  the defined benefit  compensation  limitation
                        shall be multiplied by a fraction,  (i) the numerator of
                        which is the  number  of  years  (or  part  thereof)  of
                        service with the employer  and (ii) the  denominator  of
                        which is 10.

                (b)     If the benefit of a Participant  begins prior to age 62,
                        the defined benefit dollar limitation  applicable to the
                        Participant  at such  earlier  age is an annual  benefit
                        payable in the form of a straight life annuity beginning
                        at the earlier age that is the  actuarial  equivalent of
                        the defined benefit dollar limitation  applicable to the
                        Participant  at age 62  (adjusted  under (a)  above,  if
                        required).   The  defined   benefit  dollar   limitation
                        applicable  at an age prior to age 62 is  determined  as
                        the lesser of (i) the actuarial equivalent (at such age)
                        of the defined benefit dollar limitation  computed using
                        the interest rate and mortality  table  specified in the
                        Plan  for  early   retirement  and  (ii)  the  actuarial
                        equivalent  (at such age) of the defined  benefit dollar
                        limitation  computed using a 5 percent interest rate and


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                        the applicable  mortality table as defined in Appendix A
                        of the Plan. Any decrease in the defined  benefit dollar
                        limitation  determined in accordance with this paragraph
                        (b) shall not reflect a mortality  decrement if benefits
                        are not forfeited upon the death of the Participant.  If
                        any  benefits  are  forfeited   upon  death,   the  full
                        mortality decrement is taken into account.

                (c)     If  the  benefit  of  a  Participant  begins  after  the
                        Participant  attains age 65, the defined  benefit dollar
                        limitation  applicable to the  Participant  at the later
                        age is the  annual  benefit  payable  in the  form  of a
                        straight life annuity beginning at the later age that is
                        actuarially  equivalent  to the defined  benefit  dollar
                        limitation  applicable  to  the  Participant  at  age 65
                        (adjusted under (a) above,  if required).  The actuarial
                        equivalent  of the  defined  benefit  dollar  limitation
                        applicable  at an age after age 65 is  determined as (i)
                        the lesser of the actuarial  equivalent (at such age) of
                        the  defined  benefit  dollar  limitation  computed  the
                        interest rate and mortality  table specified in the Plan
                        for late  retirement  and (ii) the actuarial  equivalent
                        (at such age) of the defined  benefit dollar  limitation
                        computed using a 5 percent  interest rate assumption and
                        the applicable  mortality table as defined in Appendix A
                        of the Plan. For these purposes,  mortality  between age
                        65 and the  age at  which  benefits  commence  shall  be
                        ignored.

Section 2. Increase in Compensation Limit
           ------------------------------

1.      Increase in limit.  The annual  compensation of each  Participant  taken
        -----------------
        into account in determining  benefit accruals in any Plan Year beginning
        after December 31, 2001, shall not exceed $200,000.  Annual compensation
        means  compensation  during  the  Plan  Year or such  other  consecutive
        12-month period over which  compensation is otherwise  determined  under
        the Plan (the determination period). For purposes of determining benefit
        accruals in a Plan Year beginning  after December 31, 2001, the $200,000
        limitation on compensation shall also apply for any prior  determination
        period.

2.      Cost-of-living  adjustment. The $200,000 limit on annual compensation in
        --------------------------
        paragraph 1 shall be adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance
        with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in
        effect  for a  calendar  year  applies  to annual  compensation  for the
        determination period that begins with or within such calendar year.



                                      -3-
<PAGE>


Section 3. Modification of Top-Heavy Rules
           -------------------------------

1.      Effective  date.  This section  shall apply for purposes of  determining
        ---------------
        whether the Plan is a top-heavy  Plan under  section  416(g) of the Code
        for Plan Years  beginning  after December 31, 2001, and whether the Plan
        satisfies the minimum  benefits  requirements  of section  416(c) of the
        Code for such years. This section amends Article 17 of the Plan.

2.      Determination of top-heavy status.
        ----------------------------------

        2.1     Key employee. Key employee means any employee or former employee
                ------------
                (including  any  deceased  employee)  who at any time during the
                Plan Year that includes the determination date was an officer of
                the employer  having annual  compensation  greater than $130,000
                (as adjusted under section  416(i)(1) of the Code for Plan Years
                beginning  after  December 31, 2002),  a 5-percent  owner of the
                employer,  or a 1-percent  owner of the employer  having  annual
                compensation  of more than  $150,000.  For this purpose,  annual
                compensation  means  compensation  within the meaning of section
                415(c)(3)  of  the  Code.  The  determination  of  who  is a key
                employee  will be made in accordance  with section  416(i)(1) of
                the Code and the  applicable  regulations  and other guidance of
                general applicability issued thereunder.

        2.2     Determination  of present  values and amounts.  This section 2.2
                ---------------------------------------------
                shall apply for purposes of  determining  the present  values of
                accrued   benefits  and  the  amounts  of  account  balances  of
                employees as of the determination date.

                2.2.1   Distributions  during year  ending on the  determination
                        --------------------------------------------------------
                        date.  The present  values of accrued  benefits  and the
                        ----
                        amounts of account  balances  of an  employee  as of the
                        determination   date   shall   be   increased   by   the
                        distributions  made with respect to the  employee  under
                        the  Plan and any plan  aggregated  with the Plan  under
                        section  416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year  period
                        ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence
                        shall also  apply to  distributions  under a  terminated
                        plan which, had it not been terminated,  would have been
                        aggregated  with the Plan under section  416(g)(2)(A)(i)
                        of the Code.  In the case of a  distribution  made for a
                        reason other than  separation  from service,  death,  or
                        disability,   this   provision   shall  be   applied  by
                        substituting "5-year period" for "1-year period."

                2.2.2   Employees not performing  services during year ending on
                        --------------------------------------------------------
                        the   determination   date.  The  accrued  benefits  and
                        --------------------------
                        accounts  of  any   individual  who  has  not  performed
                        services for the employer during the 1-year period


                                      -4-

<PAGE>


                        ending on the determination date shall not be taken into
                        account.

3.      Minimum  benefits.  For  purposes  of  satisfying  the  minimum  benefit
        -----------------
        requirements  of  section  416(c)(1)  of  the  Code  and  the  Plan,  in
        determining  years of service  with the  employer,  any service with the
        employer  shall be  disregarded  to the extent that such service  occurs
        during a Plan Year when the Plan benefits (within the meaning of section
        410(b) of the Code) no key employee or former key employee.

Section 4. Direct Rollovers of Plan Distributions
           --------------------------------------

1.      Effective  date.  This section shall apply to  distributions  made after
        ---------------
        December 31, 2001.

2.      Modification of definition of eligible  retirement plan. For purposes of
        -------------------------------------------------------
        the direct  rollover  provisions in section 8.9 of the Plan, an eligible
        retirement plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in section
        403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the Code
        which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any
        agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state
        and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such
        plan from this Plan.  The definition of eligible  retirement  plan shall
        also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving  spouse, or to a
        spouse or former  spouse who is the  alternate  payee  under a qualified
        domestic relation order, as defined in section 414(p) of the Code.

Section 5. Definition of Pristine Hydrochemical, Inc.
           ------------------------------------------

1.      The  following  definition  is  inserted  as  section  1.40 of Article I
        (definitions) of the Plan and the remainder of the Article is renumbered
        accordingly:

        "Pristine  Hydrochemical"  shall  mean  Pristine  Hydrochemical,  Inc. a
        subsidiary of Met-Pro Corporation.

2.      Section  1.53,  definition  of  Subsidiary,  is amended  by adding  "and
        effective  June  1,  2002,  Pristine  Hydrochemical"  at the  end of the
        section.

Section 6. Credited Service
           ----------------

1.      Section 1.35 of the Plan is amended by adding the following  sentence to
        the end:

        "Past  Service  Date" shall mean June 1, 2002 for  Employees of Pristine
        Hydrochemical."

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

2.      Section 3.5 of the Plan is amended  effective  June 1, 2002 by inserting
        the following at the end thereof as subsection (j):

        (j)     Pristine  Hydrochemical  - All Past Service  accumulated  before
                June 1, 2002 shall not be taken into account in determining  the
                amount of Credited Service.

Section 7. Claims Procedures
           -----------------

Sections 13.1 through 13.3 of the Plan are deleted effective January 1, 2002 and
the following is inserted in Section  13.1.  Section 13.4 shall be renumbered as
Section 13.2.

Timing of Notification of Benefit Determination

A claim for benefits shall be made in writing to the Administrator or Committee,
as applicable.

The Administrator  (or Committee,  if appointed) shall notify the claimant of an
adverse benefit  determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later
than 90 days after receipt of the claim by the Plan,  unless it determines  that
special  circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If
the Administrator (or Committee,  if applicable) determines that an extension of
time for  processing  is  required,  written  notice of the  extension  shall be
furnished to the claimant  within the initial 90-day  period.  In no event shall
such extension  exceed a period of 90 days from the end of such initial  period.
The  extension  notice  shall  indicate the special  circumstances  requiring an
extension  of time and the date by which the Plan  expects to render the benefit
determination.

Manner and Content of Benefit Determinations

The  Administrator  (or Committee,  if applicable) shall provide a claimant with
written or electronic  notification  of any adverse benefit  determination.  Any
electronic  notification  shall  comply  with the  standards  imposed  by 29 CFR
2520-104b-1(c)(1)(i),  (iii) and (iv). The  notification  shall set forth,  in a
manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:

(i)     The specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination.

(ii)    Reference to the specific Plan provisions on which the  determination is
        based.

(iii)   A description  of any additional  material or information  necessary for
        the  claimant  to  perfect  the  claim  and an  explanation  of why such
        material or information is necessary.



                                      -6-
<PAGE>

(iv)    A  description  of the  Plan's  review  procedures  and the time  limits
        applicable to such  procedures,  including a statement of the claimant's
        right to bring a civil action under section  502(a) of the Act following
        an adverse benefit determination on review.

Appeal of Adverse Benefit Determination

In order to provide a claimant with the  opportunity  for a full and fair review
of a claim and adverse benefit determination:

(i)     A claimant has at least 60 days following  receipt of a notification  of
        an   adverse   benefit   determination   within   which  to  appeal  the
        determination.

(ii)    A claimant may submit  written  comments,  documents,  records and other
        information relating to the claim for benefits

(iii)   A  claimant  shall  be  provided,  upon  request  and  free  of  charge,
        reasonable  access to, and copies of, all  documents,  records and other
        information  relevant to the claimant's claim for benefits.  A document,
        record  or  other  information  shall  be  considered  "relevant"  to  a
        claimant's claim if such document, record or other information:

        (A)     was relied upon in making the benefit determination;

        (B)     was  submitted,  considered or generated in the course of making
                the  benefit  determination,  without  regard  to  whether  such
                document  or  record  was  relied  upon in  making  the  benefit
                determination; or

        (C)     demonstrates  compliance with the  administrative  processes and
                safeguards  required by the Department of Labor's regulations in
                making the benefit determination.

(iv)    The review will take into account all comments,  documents,  records and
        other  information  submitted  by the  claimant  relating  to the claim,
        without regard to whether such  information  was submitted or considered
        in the initial benefit determination.

Timing of Notification of Benefit Determination on Review

The Administrator  (or Committee,  as applicable) shall notify a claimant of the
Plan's benefit  determination on review within a reasonable  period of time, but
not later than 60 days after receipt of the claimant's request for review by the
Plan, unless it determines that special  circumstances (such as the need to hold
a  hearing)  require  an  extension  of time for  processing  the  claim.  If an
extension of time for  processing is required,  written  notice of the extension
shall be  furnished  to the  claimant  prior to the  termination  of the initial


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

60-day period.  In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 60 days from
the end of the initial period.  The extension  notice shall indicate the special
circumstances  requiring  an  extension  of time and the date by which  the Plan
expects to render the determination on review.

When the Committee is making the  determination on review, if it holds regularly
scheduled meetings at least quarterly,  the paragraph above shall not apply, and
the Committee shall instead make a benefit  determination no later than the date
of the meeting of the Committee that immediately follows the Plan's receipt of a
request  for  review,  unless the  request  for  review is filed  within 30 days
preceding the date of such meeting. In such case, a benefit determination may be
made by no later  than the  date of the  second  meeting  following  the  Plan's
receipt of the request for review.  If special  circumstances  require a further
extension of time for processing,  a benefit determination shall be rendered not
later than the third  meeting of the Committee  following the Plan's  receipt of
the  request  for review.  If such an  extension  of time for review is required
because of special circumstances,  the Committee shall provide the claimant with
written notice of the extension,  describing the special  circumstances  and the
date  as of  which  the  benefit  determination  will  be  made,  prior  to  the
commencement  of the extension.  The Committee  shall notify the claimant of the
benefit  determination as soon as possible,  but not later than 5 days after the
benefit determination is made.

The period of time within which a benefit determination on review is required to
be made shall begin at the time an appeal is filed in  accordance  with the Plan
procedures,  without regard to whether all the  information  necessary to make a
benefit  determination  on review  accompanies  the filing.  In the event that a
period of time is extended  due to a  claimant's  failure to submit  information
necessary to decide a claim, the period for making the benefit  determination on
review shall be tolled from the date on which the  notification of the extension
is sent to the  claimant  until the date on which the  claimant  responds to the
request for additional information.

Manner and Content of Notification of Benefit Determination on Review

The  Administrator  (or Committee as  applicable)  shall provide a claimant with
written or electronic  notification of a plan's benefit determination on review.
Any electronic  notification  shall comply with the standards  imposed by 29 CFR
2520.104b-1(c)(1)(i)  ,  (iii),  and  (iv).  In the case of an  adverse  benefit
determination,  the notification  shall set forth, in a manner  calculated to be
understood by the claimant:

(i)     The specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination.

(ii)    Reference  to  the  specific  Plan   provisions  on  which  the  benefit
        determination is based.




                                      -8-
<PAGE>

(iii)   A statement  that the claimant is entitled to receive,  upon request and
        free of charge,  reasonable  access  to,  and copies of, all  documents,
        records,  and other  information  relevant to the  claimant's  claim for
        benefits.

(iv)    A statement  describing any voluntary appeal  procedures  offered by the
        Plan and the  claimant's  right to obtain  the  information  about  such
        procedures  described in paragraph  (c)(3)(iv)  of this  section,  and a
        statement  of the  claimant's  right to bring an  action  under  section
        502(a) of ERISA.

In the case of an adverse benefit determination on review, the Administrator (or
Committee,  as  applicable)  shall  provide  such  access  to,  and  copies  of,
documents, records, and other information described above, as appropriate.

Failure to Follow Claims Procedures

In the case of the  failure  of the Plan to follow the  claims  procedures,  the
claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted the administrative remedies under the
Plan and shall be entitled to pursue any available remedies under section 502(a)
of ERISA.

Section 8.  Required Minimum Distributions
            ------------------------------

Section 8.8(f) is added to the Plan as follows:

        (f)     Minimum Distribution Rules Effective January 1, 2003.

                (i)     Effective  Date.  The  provisions of this Section 8.8(f)
                        will apply for purposes of determining  required minimum
                        distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003
                        calendar year.

                        (1)     Precedence.  The  requirements  of this  article
                                will  take  precedence  over  any   inconsistent
                                provisions of the plan.

                        (2)     Requirements     of     Treasury     Regulations
                                Incorporated.  All distributions  required under
                                this  article  will be  determined  and  made in
                                accordance with the Treasury  regulations  under
                                section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code.

                        (3)     TEFRA     Section      242(b)(2)      Elections.
                                Notwithstanding  the  other  provisions  of this
                                article,  other than  section  (f)(i)(2)  above,
                                distributions  may be made  under a  designation
                                made before January 1, 1984, in accordance  with
                                section  242(b)(2)  of the Tax Equity and Fiscal
                                Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions of
                                the plan that  relate to  section  242(b)(2)  of
                                TEFRA.



                                      -9-
<PAGE>

                (ii)    Timing and Manner of Distribution

                        (1)     Required   Beginning  Date.  The   participant's
                                entire interest will be distributed, or begin to
                                be distributed, to the participant no later than
                                the participant's required beginning date.

                        (2)     Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin.
                                If the  participant  dies  before  distributions
                                begin, the participant's entire interest will be
                                distributed,  or  begin  to be  distributed,  no
                                later than as follows:

                                (A)     If the participant's surviving spouse is
                                        the   participant's    sole   designated
                                        beneficiary, then, except as provided in
                                        the adoption agreement, distributions to
                                        the  surviving   spouse  will  begin  by
                                        December   31  of  the   calendar   year
                                        immediately  following the calendar year
                                        in which  the  participant  died,  or by
                                        December  31 of  the  calendar  year  in
                                        which   the   participant   would   have
                                        attained age 70 1/2, if later.

                                (B)     If the participant's surviving spouse is
                                        not the  participant's  sole  designated
                                        beneficiary, then, except as provided in
                                        the adoption agreement, distributions to
                                        the designated beneficiary will begin by
                                        December   31  of  the   calendar   year
                                        immediately  following the calendar year
                                        in which the participant died.

                                (C)     If there is no designated beneficiary as
                                        of  September  30 of the year  following
                                        the year of the participant's death, the
                                        participant's  entire  interest  will be
                                        distributed   by   December  31  of  the
                                        calendar  year   containing   the  fifth
                                        anniversary of the participant's death.

                                (D)     If the participant's surviving spouse is
                                        the   participant's    sole   designated
                                        beneficiary  and  the  surviving  spouse
                                        dies  after the  participant  but before
                                        distributions  to the  surviving  spouse
                                        begin,  this section  (f)(ii)(2),  other
                                        than section  (f)(ii)(2)(A),  will apply
                                        as if  the  surviving  spouse  were  the
                                        participant.

For purposes of this section  (f)(ii)(2) and section (f)(v),  distributions  are
considered to begin on the participant's required beginning date (or, if section
(f)(ii)(2)(D)  applies,  the date  distributions  are  required  to begin to the


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

surviving spouse under section  (f)(ii)(2)(A)).  If annuity payments irrevocably
commence to the participant before the participant's required beginning date (or
to the participant's surviving spouse before the date distributions are required
to  begin  to  the  surviving  spouse  under  section  (f)(ii)(2)(A),  the  date
distributions  are  considered  to  begin  is the  date  distributions  actually
commence.

                (3)     Form of Distribution.  Unless the participant's interest
                        is distributed in the form of an annuity  purchased from
                        an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the
                        required  beginning  date, as of the first  distribution
                        calendar year  distributions  will be made in accordance
                        with   subsections   f(iii),   (iv)  and  (v).   If  the
                        participant's  interest is distributed in the form of an
                        annuity    purchased   from   an   insurance    company,
                        distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with
                        the  requirements  of section  401(a)(9) of the Code and
                        the Treasury regulations.  Any part of the participant's
                        interest  which is in the form of an individual  account
                        described  in  section   414(k)  of  the  Code  will  be
                        distributed in a manner  satisfying the  requirements of
                        section   401(a)(9)   of  the  Code  and  the   Treasury
                        regulations that apply to individual accounts.

        (iii)   Determination of Amount to be Distributed Each Year.

                (1)     General  Annuity  Requirements.   If  the  participant's
                        interest  is paid in the form of  annuity  distributions
                        under the plan,  payments under the annuity will satisfy
                        the following requirements:

                        (A)     the  annuity   distributions  will  be  paid  in
                                periodic  payments  made at intervals not longer
                                than one year;

                        (B)     the distribution  period will be over a life (or
                                lives) or over a period  certain not longer than
                                the  period  described  in  section  (f)(iv)  or
                                (f)(v);

                        (C)     once payments have begun over a period  certain,
                                the period  certain  will not be changed even if
                                the period  certain is shorter  than the maximum
                                permitted;

                        (D)     payments   will  either  be   nonincreasing   or
                                increase only as follows:

                                (i)     by an annual  percentage  increase  that
                                        does not exceed  the  annual  percentage


                                      -11-
<PAGE>


                                        increase in a cost-of-living  index that
                                        is  based on  prices  of all  items  and
                                        issued   by   the    Bureau   of   Labor
                                        Statistics;

                                (ii)    to the  extent of the  reduction  in the
                                        amount of the participant's  payments to
                                        provide  for  a  survivor  benefit  upon
                                        death, but only if the beneficiary whose
                                        life was  being  used to  determine  the
                                        distribution    period    described   in
                                        subsection  (f)(iv) dies or is no longer
                                        the participant's  beneficiary  pursuant
                                        to a qualified  domestic relations order
                                        within the meaning of section 414(p);

                                (iii)   to  provide  cash  refunds  of  employee
                                        contributions   upon  the  participant's
                                        death; or

                                (iv)    to pay  increased  benefits  that result
                                        from a plan amendment.

                (2)     Amount Required to be Distributed by Required  Beginning
                        Date.  The amount that must be  distributed on or before
                        the  participant's  required  beginning date (or, if the
                        participant  dies before  distributions  begin, the date
                        distributions   are  required  to  begin  under  section
                        (f)(ii)(2)(A)  or (B)) is the  payment  that is required
                        for one payment interval. The second payment need not be
                        made until the end of the next payment  interval even if
                        that payment  interval ends in the next  calendar  year.
                        Payment intervals are the periods for which payments are
                        received, e.g., bi-monthly,  monthly,  semi-annually, or
                        annually.  All of the participant's  benefit accruals as
                        of the last day of the first distribution  calendar year
                        will be included in the calculation of the amount of the
                        annuity  payments  for  payment  intervals  ending on or
                        after the participant's required beginning date.

                (3)     Additional  Accruals After First  Distribution  Calendar
                        Year.   Any   additional   benefits   accruing   to  the
                        participant   in  a   calendar   year  after  the  first
                        distribution calendar year will be distributed beginning
                        with the first payment  interval  ending in the calendar
                        year  immediately  following  the calendar year in which
                        such amount accrues.

        (iv)    Requirements  For Annuity  Distributions  That  Commence  During
                Participant's Lifetime.


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

                (1)     Joint Life  Annuities  Where the  Beneficiary Is Not the
                        Participant's  Spouse. If the participant's  interest is
                        being  distributed  in the form of a joint and  survivor
                        annuity  for the joint  lives of the  participant  and a
                        nonspouse beneficiary, annuity payments to be made on or
                        after the participant's  required  beginning date to the
                        designated  beneficiary  after the  participant's  death
                        must not at any time exceed the applicable percentage of
                        the annuity payment for such period that would have been
                        payable to the participant  using the table set forth in
                        Q&A-2  of  section   1.401(a)(9)-6T   of  the   Treasury
                        regulations.  If the  form of  distribution  combines  a
                        joint and  survivor  annuity  for the joint lives of the
                        participant  and a  nonspouse  beneficiary  and a period
                        certain  annuity,   the  requirement  in  the  preceding
                        sentence  will apply to annuity  payments  to be made to
                        the designated  beneficiary  after the expiration of the
                        period certain.

                (2)     Period  Certain  Annuities.   Unless  the  participant's
                        spouse is the sole  designated  beneficiary and the form
                        of distribution is a period certain and no life annuity,
                        the  period   certain   for  an   annuity   distribution
                        commencing  during the  participant's  lifetime  may not
                        exceed  the  applicable   distribution  period  for  the
                        participant  under the Uniform  Lifetime Table set forth
                        in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations for
                        the calendar  year that  contains  the annuity  starting
                        date. If the annuity  starting date precedes the year in
                        which the  participant  reaches  age 70, the  applicable
                        distribution   period   for  the   participant   is  the
                        distribution   period  for  age  70  under  the  Uniform
                        Lifetime Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the
                        Treasury  regulations plus the excess of 70 over the age
                        of the participant as of the  participant's  birthday in
                        the year that contains the annuity starting date. If the
                        participant's   spouse   is   the   participant's   sole
                        designated beneficiary and the form of distribution is a
                        period  certain and no life annuity,  the period certain
                        may  not  exceed   the   longer  of  the   participant's
                        applicable distribution period, as determined under this
                        section (f)(iv)(2),  or the joint life and last survivor
                        expectancy  of the  participant  and  the  participant's
                        spouse as  determined  under the Joint and Last Survivor
                        Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury
                        regulations,   using  the   participant's  and  spouse's
                        attained  ages  as of  the  participant's  and  spouse's
                        birthdays in the calendar year that contains the annuity
                        starting date.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>


        (v)     Requirements For Minimum  Distributions  Where  Participant Dies
                Before Date Distributions Begin.

                (1)     Participant Survived by Designated  Beneficiary.  Except
                        as  provided   in  the   adoption   agreement,   if  the
                        participant dies before the date  distribution of his or
                        her   interest   begins   and  there  is  a   designated
                        beneficiary,  the participant's  entire interest will be
                        distributed,  beginning no later than the time described
                        in section  (f)(ii)(2)(A)  or (B),  over the life of the
                        designated  beneficiary  or over a  period  certain  not
                        exceeding:

                        (A)     unless the annuity  starting  date is before the
                                first  distribution   calendar  year,  the  life
                                expectancy   of   the   designated   beneficiary
                                determined using the beneficiary's age as of the
                                beneficiary's  birthday  in  the  calendar  year
                                immediately  following  the calendar year of the
                                participant's death; or

                        (B)     if the annuity starting date is before the first
                                distribution  calendar year, the life expectancy
                                of the designated  beneficiary  determined using
                                the  beneficiary's  age as of the  beneficiary's
                                birthday in the calendar  year that contains the
                                annuity starting date.

                (2)     No  Designated  Beneficiary.  If  the  participant  dies
                        before  the date  distributions  begin  and  there is no
                        designated  beneficiary  as of  September 30 of the year
                        following   the   year  of  the   participant's   death,
                        distribution of the  participant's  entire interest will
                        be  completed  by  December  31  of  the  calendar  year
                        containing the fifth  anniversary  of the  participant's
                        death.

                (3)     Death  of  Surviving  Spouse  Before   Distributions  to
                        Surviving  Spouse Begin. If the participant  dies before
                        the date distribution of his or her interest begins, the
                        participant's surviving spouse is the participant's sole
                        designated  beneficiary,  and the surviving  spouse dies
                        before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this
                        section  (f)(v)  will apply as if the  surviving  spouse
                        were  the  participant,  except  that  the time by which
                        distributions  must  begin  will be  determined  without
                        regard to section (f)(ii)(2)(A).


                                      -14-
<PAGE>


        (vi)    Definitions.

                (1)     Designated beneficiary. The individual who is designated
                        as the beneficiary under section 15.1 of the plan and is
                        the designated  beneficiary  under section  401(a)(9) of
                        the  Internal  Revenue  Code and section  1.401(a)(9)-1,
                        Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.

                (2)     Distribution  calendar year. A calendar year for which a
                        minimum  distribution  is  required.  For  distributions
                        beginning  before  the  participant's  death,  the first
                        distribution   calendar   year  is  the  calendar   year
                        immediately  preceding the calendar year which  contains
                        the   participant's   required   beginning   date.   For
                        distributions  beginning after the participant's  death,
                        the first  distribution  calendar  year is the  calendar
                        year  in  which  distributions  are  required  to  begin
                        pursuant to section (f)(ii)(2).

                (3)     Life  expectancy.  Life expectancy as computed by use of
                        the Single  Life Table in section  1.401(a)(9)-9  of the
                        Treasury regulations.

                (4)     Required  beginning  date. The date specified in section
                        8.3 of the plan.

Section 9. Mortality Tables
           ----------------

1.      Effective date. This section shall apply to  distributions  with annuity
        starting dates on or after December 31, 2002.

2.      Notwithstanding   any  other  plan  provisions  to  the  contrary,   the
        applicable mortality table used for purposes of adjusting any benefit or
        limitation under 415(b)(2)(B),  (C), or (D) of the Internal Revenue Code
        as set  forth in  Appendix  A of the plan and the  applicable  mortality
        table used for purposes of satisfying the  requirements of 417(e) of the
        Internal  Revenue  Code as set  forth in  Appendix  A of the plan is the
        table prescribed in Rev. Rul. 2001-62.





                                      -15-
<PAGE>


        IN ALL OTHER RESPECTS,  this Plan is continued in full force and effect.
In order to maintain the terms of the Plan in a single document,  this Amendment
may be incorporated into the most recent restatement of the Plan.

        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this First  Amendment to be
executed by its duly authorized officer this 15th day of August, 2002.



ATTEST:                                    Met Pro Corporation

By  /s/ Gary J. Morgan                     By     /s/ William L. Kacin
    -----------------------------                -------------------------------

Title:  V/P Finance                        Title:    Pesident and CEO
        -------------------------                   ----------------------------























                                      -16-

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>5
<FILENAME>ex10t.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10.T
<TEXT>
                                                                  Exhibit (10.t)


                     SECOND (QUALIFICATION) AMENDMENT TO THE
                    MET-PRO CORPORATION SALARIED PENSION PLAN


        This  Second  (Qualification)   Amendment  to  the  Met-Pro  Corporation
Salaried  Pension  Plan  (the  "Plan")  is  made  by  Met-Pro  Corporation  (the
"Company")  and is  effective  as of  September  1,  2000  (or  other  specified
effective dates).

                              W I T N E S S E T H:


        WHEREAS,  the Company  maintains  the Plan,  amended and  restated as of
September 1, 2000 (and other effective dates) for its eligible employees;

        WHEREAS, Section 16.1 of the Plan permits the Company to amend the Plan;
and

        WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to make certain technical
changes to comply with law as required by the  Internal  Revenue  Service and to
make other clarifying changes.

        NOW THEREFORE,  the Plan is hereby amended,  effective September 1, 2000
(or other specified effective dates) as follows:

        1.      The  following  sentence  is  added  to the  end  of  the  first
                paragraph of

                Section 1.21 of the Plan, effective January 1, 1997:

                (ii)    As used herein,  "Leased  Employee" means any person who
                        is not an  employee  and who  provides  services  to the
                        Company:  (a) under an agreement between the Company and
                        the leasing  organization,  (b) such  services have been
                        performed  by the person for the  recipient  (or for the
                        recipient and related persons as defined in Code Section
                        414(n)) on a substantially  full-time basis for at least
                        one year, and (c) such services are performed  under the
                        primary   direction   and   control   of  the   Company.
                        Notwithstanding, a "leased employee" shall be treated as
                        an Employee of the Company


<PAGE>

                        solely to the extent  required under Code Section 414(n)
                        (but shall in no event be eligible to participate in the
                        Plan). However,  "leased employees" shall not be treated
                        as  Employees  of the  Company to the  extent  permitted
                        under  Code  Section  414(n)  if  the  leased  employees
                        constitute no more than 20% of the Company's "non-highly
                        compensated"  work force,  and the leasing  organization
                        maintains  a  qualified   nonintegrated  money  purchase
                        pension plan in which:  (a) at least 10% of compensation
                        (within the meaning of Code Section 414(n))  contributed
                        for each  participant,  (b) participants are immediately
                        fully vested in all contributions,  and (c) each leasing
                        organization employee immediately participates.


        2.      Section 8.1(a) of the Plan is amended to read as follows:

                (a)     a Single  Life  Annuity - an  annuity  payable  in equal
                        monthly  installments to the retired Participant for his
                        life;  the Single Life Annuity  shall be the normal form
                        of payment for a single (unmarried) Participant; or

        3.      Section  9.3 of the  Plan  is  amended  by  deleting  at the end
                thereof "the terms of which are specifically incorporated herein
                by reference."

        4.      The following sentence is added to the end of Section 17.1(e) of
                the Plan:

                        Plans  that  have  terminated  within  the last five (5)
                        years of the determination date shall be included in the
                        definition of Required Aggregation Group of Plans.


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this Second  (Qualification)
Amendment  to be  executed  by its duly  authorized  officers  this  23rd day of
October, 2002.

                            [signature page follows]


                                      -2-

<PAGE>



ATTEST:                                                 MET-PRO CORPORATION AND
                                                        PLAN ADMINISTRATOR




By: /s/ Gary J. Morgan                        By:   /s/ William L. Kacin
    -----------------------------                   ----------------------------



Title: Vice President - Finance               Title: President and CEO
       --------------------------                    ---------------------------




































                                       -3-


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>6
<FILENAME>ex10u.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10.U
<TEXT>
                                                                  Exhibit (10.u)

                                 AMENDMENT NO. 3
                                     TO THE
                         MET-PRO CORPORATION DIRECTORS'
                                 RETIREMENT PLAN


        This Amendment to the Met-Pro  Corporation  Directors'  Retirement  Plan
(the "Plan") is made and is effective this 24th day of February, 2003.

        WHEREAS, Met-Pro Corporation (the "Company") previously adopted the Plan
and now wishes to further amend the Plan in certain respects.

        NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

        1.      Section 5(e) is restated as follows:

                        (e) If a Change in  Control  (as  defined  in  Section 6
                hereof)  occurs,  or if the Company  fails to cure any breach of
                its  obligations  under  this  Plan in less  than 30 days  after
                receiving  written  notice  of the  same  from a  Director  or a
                Director's  surviving  spouse or estate (a "Default"),  then the
                Company (i) shall immediately prior to the Change in Control, or
                in the case of a Default,  on the 31st day following the date of
                such written  notice,  make an irrevocable  contribution  to the
                Trust (as  hereafter  defined)  in the  amount  provided  for in
                Subsection  1(b) of the Trust  Agreement (as hereafter  defined)
                and (ii) shall be liable to pay the reasonable  attorneys'  fees
                and expenses  incurred by any such beneficiary in filing suit to
                enforce any provision of this  Subsection and  prosecuting  such
                claims should such  beneficiary be the prevailing  party in such
                litigation. Each Director shall be entitled to an immediate lump
                sum payment of the Retirement  Payments then  applicable to such
                person's  status pursuant to Subsection 4(a) and, if applicable,
                Subsection  4(b) of this Plan, in both cases without  regard and
                not subject to the lump sum  limitations of Section 4(d) of this
                Plan.  A former  Director  who has retired  prior to a Change in
                Control (or such Director's  spouse,  if such Director has died)
                shall  be  entitled  to an  immediate  lump sum  payment  of all
                Retirement  Payments to which such  Director was entitled  under
                Section  4 hereof  and  which  have not yet been  paid,  without
                regard and not  subject to the lump sum  limitations  of Section
                4(d) of this Plan.

        2.      Section 7 is restated as follows:

                7.      NO OBLIGATION TO MAINTAIN RESERVES.

                        The Company has executed an agreement,  as amended, with
                a Trustee (the "Trust  Agreement") to hold,  invest and disburse
                funds set aside for payments  required under the Plan.  However,
                except  as   provided   in   Subsection   5(e)  of  this   Plan,

                                      -1-
<PAGE>


                contributions  to the trust created by the Trust  Agreement (the
                "Trust") by the Company shall be in the  discretion of the Board
                of Directors.  Except as provided in Subsection 5(e), nothing in
                this Plan shall create an obligation  on the  Company's  part to
                set aside or earmark any monies or other assets specifically for
                the purposes of this Plan or to pay any specified  amount to the
                Trust.  To the extent that assets of the Trust are  insufficient
                to  meet  the  Company's   obligations   under  the  Plan,  such
                obligations  will  be  paid  out of  the  general  funds  of the
                Company.

        3.      This Amendment has been approved and authorized by the Company's
                Board of Directors by action taken as of the date hereof.


        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has caused its authorized  officers to
execute this Amendment on behalf of the Company.


WITNESS                                  MET-PRO CORPORATION


 /s/ Raymond J. De Hont                  BY: /s/ Gary J. Morgan
- -----------------------------            ---------------------------------------
                                         Gary J. Morgan, Vice President--Finance





















                                      -2-

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>7
<FILENAME>ex10v.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10.V
<TEXT>


                                                                  Exhibit (10.v)

Amendment No. 1 Effective as of February 24, 2003 (this  "Amendment") to Met-Pro
Corporation   Supplemental   Executive  Retirement  Plan  Established  Effective
February 1, 2000


Met-Pro  Corporation (the "Company")  established  effective  February 1, 2000 a
Supplemental  Executive Retirement Plan (the "Supplemental Plan") to provide for
the payment of supplementary retirement benefits to William L. Kacin (hereafter,
"Eligible Executive").

Section  8 of the  Supplemental  Plan  provides  that the  Board  may  amend the
Supplemental  Plan at any  time and from  time to  time,  provided  that no such
amendment may adversely  affect the accrued  benefit of the Eligible  Executive,
his surviving spouse or other beneficiaries, as more fully provided for therein.

All terms used but not defined in this  Amendment  shall have such meaning as is
ascribed to them in the Supplemental Plan.

By action taken on February 24, 2003,  the Board hereby amends the  Supplemental
Plan as follows:  the date  "February  24,  2003" shall be deemed to replace the
date  "January  31,  2004"  on page 3 of the  Supplemental  Plan  in the  column
entitled  "Continued   Employment  until",  with  the  effect  that  the  Vested
Percentage of the Eligible  Executive  shall be deemed to be 100% as of February
24, 2003.

Except to the extent set forth herein, the Supplemental Plan is unmodified,  and
remains in full force and effect.

Executed this 21st day of March, 2003, effective as of February 24, 2003.

MET-PRO CORPORATION

BY:/s/ Gary J. Morgan
   ------------------
   Gary J. Morgan, Vice President--Finance



Witness:/s/ Marion Berkey
        -----------------

         Marion Berkey
         -------------
         print name


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>8
<FILENAME>ex10w.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10.W
<TEXT>
                                                                  Exhibit (10.w)

          Met-Pro Corporation Directors Retirement Plan Trust Agreement
          -------------------------------------------------------------

        This Met-Pro Corporation  Directors Retirement Plan Trust Agreement (the
"Trust  Agreement")  is made this 11th day of  February,  2000,  by and  between
Met-Pro  Corporation a Delaware  corporation (the  "Company"),  and Mellon Bank,
N.A. (the "Trustee").

                                   WITNESSETH:

        WHEREAS,   the  Company  adopted  the  Met-Pro   Corporation   Directors
Retirement Plan as amended,  (the "Plan"),  a copy of which is attached  hereto;
and

        WHEREAS,  the Company  wishes to establish  this trust (the  "Trust") to
fund its  obligations  under the Plan,  with the assets  held in the Trust to be
subject  to the  claims of the  Company's  creditors  in the  event the  Company
becomes  Insolvent (as defined in Section 3(a)) until paid to Plan  participants
or their  beneficiaries  in such  manner and at such times as  specified  in the
Plan.

        WHEREAS,  it is the  intention  of the  parties  that this  Trust  shall
constitute an unfunded  arrangement  and shall not affect the status of the Plan
as  an  unfunded  plan   maintained  for  the  purpose  of  providing   deferred
compensation  for a select group of management or highly  compensated  employees
for purposes of Title I of the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974;
and

        WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Company to make contributions to the
Trust to provide the Trust with a source of funds to assist it in the meeting of
the Company's liabilities under the Plan;

        NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust and agree that
the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:

Section 1. Establishment of Trust.

        (a) The  initial  principal  of the  Trust,  together  with  any  future
contributions  to the Trust and any other assets held in the Trust, and earnings
thereon, are collectively  referred to herein as the "Trust Assets". The Company
shall make  contributions  to the Trust in cash or other property  acceptable to
the Trustee.  The Trustee shall hold,  administer and distribute Trust Assets as
provided  in this  Trust  Agreement.  The  Company  shall have the sole duty and
responsibility  for the  determination  of the  accuracy or  sufficiency  of the
contributions to be made under the Plan.

        (b) Upon a Change of Control  (as  defined in Section 14 of the  Trust),
the  Trustee  shall,  immediately  upon the  Change  of  Control,  pay each Plan
participant or beneficiary  thereof the benefits to which Plan  participants  or
their  beneficiaries  would be entitled  pursuant to the terms of the Plan as of

                                       1
<PAGE>


the date on which the Change of Control occurred to the extent then funded under
the  Trust.

        In the event a Change of Control of the  Company  (as defined in Section
14 of the  Trust)  shall be deemed to occur  (whenever  such  shall  occur,  and
whether or not the Eligible  Executive is then  employed by the Company or shall
be alive), all payments due to the Eligible  Executive,  his surviving spouse or
other  beneficiary under the Plan shall be accelerated and immediately paid in a
lump sum payment in an amount  determined in accordance  with the  provisions of
the Plan.

        (c)  The  Trust  hereby  established  shall  be  irrevocable  except  as
explicitly provided to the contrary in Section 3 or 4.

        (d) The Trust is intended to be a "grantor trust",  of which the Company
is the grantor,  within the meaning of subpart E; part I,  subchapter J, chapter
1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and
shall be construed accordingly.

        (e)  The  Trust  Assets  shall  be used  exclusively  to  discharge  the
Company's  obligations  under the Plan,  except as provided  to the  contrary in
Section 3 or 4 hereof.  Neither any Plan  participant  nor  beneficiary  thereof
shall have a preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any of
the Trust Assets. Each Plan participants'  rights to benefits under the Plan and
this Trust  Agreement  shall be mere  unsecured  contractual  rights against the
Company.  Trust  Assets  are  subject  to the  claims of the  Company's  general
creditors  to the extent  provided  under  federal  and state law if the Company
becomes Insolvent

        (f) The Company  represents and warrants to the Trustee that the Plan is
not covered under Title I of ERISA.

        (g) The Company's  Chief  Financial  Officer or such Officer's  designee
shall have authority to act for the Company under this Trust Agreement.

Section 2. Payments to Plan Participants.

        (a) Pending the  Company's  funding of the Trust,  the Company shall pay
all benefits to Plan  participants as they become due under the Plan.  After the
Trust is funded,  the Company may  continue to make  payment  directly.  In such
case,  the  Company  shall  notify the Trustee of its  decision to make  payment
directly prior to the time payment is due. In addition, if at any time the Trust
Assets are not  sufficient to make payment in  accordance  with the terms of the
Plan,  the Company  shall make the balance of each such payment as it falls due.
The Trustee  shall notify the Company and affected  participants  in the Plan if
Trust Assets are not sufficient to make a scheduled payment.

        (b) After the Company  funds the Trust,  in advance of the time that any
amounts are payable  under the Plan,  the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a
schedule  (the  "Payment   Schedule")   that  indicates  with  respect  to  each
Participant (i) the amounts payable or provides a formula or other  instructions


                                       2
<PAGE>


acceptable to the Trustee for determining the amounts so payable,  (ii) the form
in which  such  amount is to be paid,  and (iii)  the time of  commencement  and
duration for payment of such amounts.  Except as otherwise provided herein, upon
direction of the Company,  the Trustee shall make  payments in  accordance  with
such Payment Schedule.

        It is the intent of the Company and the Trustee  that the Company  shall
be responsible for  determining  and effecting all federal,  state and local tax
aspects of the Plan and the Trust,  including  without  limitation  income taxes
payable on the Trust's  income,  if any, any required  withholding  of income or
other payroll  taxes in  connection  with the payment of benefits from the Trust
pursuant to the Plan,  and all reporting  required in  connection  with any such
taxes.  To the extent that the Company is required by  applicable  law to pay or
withhold  such  taxes  or to file  such  reports,  such  obligation  shall  be a
responsibility  allocated to the Company, as the case may be, hereunder.  To the
extent the Trustee is required by  applicable  law to pay or withhold such taxes
or to  file  such  reports,  the  Company  shall  inform  the  Trustee  of  such
obligation,  shall direct the Trustee with  respect to the  performance  of such
obligations and shall provide the Trustee with all  information  required by the
Trustee to meet such obligations.

        (c) The  entitlement of a Plan  participant  or  beneficiary  thereof to
benefits  under the Plan shall be  determined by the Company or such party as it
shall  designate  under the  Plan,  and any  claim  for such  benefits  shall be
considered and reviewed under the procedures set out in the Plan.

Section 3.   The   Trustee's   Responsibility   Regarding   Payments   to  Trust
             Beneficiaries when the Company is Insolvent.

        (a) The  Trustee  shall  cease  payment  to Plan  participants  or their
beneficiaries if the Company becomes Insolvent.  The Company shall be considered
"Insolvent" for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) if the Company is unable
to pay its debts as they  become due or (ii) the Company is subject to a pending
proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

        (b) At all times during the continuance of this Trust,  the Trust Assets
shall be subject to claims of general creditors of the Company.

                        (1) The  Company  shall  have  the  duty to  inform  the
                Trustee and affected  participants in the Plan in writing if the
                Company becomes Insolvent. If a person claiming to be a creditor
                of the  Company  alleges  in  writing  to the  Trustee  that the
                Company  has  become  Insolvent,  the  Trustee  shall  determine
                whether   the   Company   is   Insolvent   and,   pending   such
                determination,  the Trustee  shall  discontinue  payment to Plan
                participants and beneficiaries.  In all cases, the Trustee shall
                be entitled to conclusively rely upon the written  certification
                of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive  Officer of the
                Company when determining whether the Company is Insolvent.

                                       3
<PAGE>


                        (2) Unless the  Trustee  has actual  knowledge  that the
                Company is Insolvent or has received  notice from the Company or
                a person  claiming  to be a  creditor  alleging  the  Company is
                Insolvent, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether the
                Company is Insolvent. The Trustee may in all events rely on such
                evidence  concerning the Company's  solvency as may be furnished
                to the Trustee that provides the Trustee with a reasonable basis
                for making a determination concerning the Company's solvency.

                        (3) If at any time the Trustee has  determined  that the
                Company is Insolvent,  the Trustee shall discontinue payments to
                Plan  participants  and their  beneficiaries  and shall hold the
                Trust Assets for the benefit of the Company's general creditors.
                Nothing in this Trust  Agreement  shall in any way  diminish any
                rights of Plan  participants  and their  beneficiaries to pursue
                rights as a general  creditor  of the  Company  with  respect to
                payments due under the Plan.

                        (4) The Trustee shall resume payments in accordance with
                Section 2 of this Trust  Agreement  only after the  Trustee  has
                determined  that the  Company  is not  Insolvent  (or no  longer
                Insolvent).

        (c) Provided that there are sufficient assets, the Trustee  discontinues
the  payment of  benefits  from the Trust  pursuant  to Section 3 (a) hereof and
subsequently   resumes  such   payments,   the  first  payment   following  such
discontinuance  shall include the  aggregate  amount of all payments due to Plan
participants or their  beneficiaries  under the terms of the Plan for the period
of such  discontinuance,  less the aggregate amount of any payments made to them
by the Company in lieu of the payments  provided for  hereunder  during any such
period of discontinuance,  plus interest at the prime rate of interest announced
from time to time by the Trustee.

Section 4. Payments to the Company.

        Except as provided in Section 3 hereof,  the Company shall have no right
or power to direct the  Trustee to return to the  Company or to divert to others
any of the Trust Assets  before all payments  required  under the Plan have been
made to Plan participants and their beneficiaries.

Section 5. Investment and Other Authority.

        The  Company  and the  Trustee may  formulate  investment  policies  and
standards for the investment of the Trust,  which shall be broad  guidelines and
shall not  restrict  the  Trustee's  investment  discretion  with respect to the
selection of Trust assets.  Subject to the preceding sentence, the Trustee shall
have the powers described below:

        (a) The Trustee may invest and reinvest the  principal and income of the
Trust and keep it invested, without distinction between principal and income, in
any  security  or  property  as it,  in its sole  discretion,  deems  advisable;
provided,  however,  that in no event may the Trustee  invest in (i)  securities


                                       4
<PAGE>

(including  stock or  rights to  acquire  stock)  or  obligations  issued by the
Company,  other than a de minimis amount held in common  investment  vehicles in
which the Trustee invests, (ii) any asset settled or held in safekeeping outside
of the United  States,  or (iii) real estate.  For this  purpose,  "real estate"
includes, but is not limited to, real property,  leaseholds,  mineral interests,
and any form of asset  which is  secured  by any of the  foregoing.  All  rights
associated  with  assets of the Trust shall be  exercised  by the Trustee or the
person  designated by the Trustee,  and shall in no event be  exercisable  by or
rest with the Participants.

        (b) The Trustee may invest in securities  (including  stock or rights to
acquire stock) or obligations issued by the Trustee.  All rights associated with
assets of the Trust shall be  exercised by Trustee or the person  designated  by
Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable by or rest with Plan participants.
The Company shall have the right at anytime,  and acceptable to the Trustee from
time to time, in its sole discretion,  to substitute assets of equal fair market
value for any asset held by the Trust. This right is exercisable by Company in a
nonfiduciary  capacity  without  the  approval  or  consent  of any  person in a
fiduciary capacity.

        (c) In carrying out its responsibilities under Section 5, the Trustee is
authorized:

                (1) To invest and reinvest the funds received hereunder, and any
accretions  thereto,  without  distinction between principal and income, in such
securities or in such other property,  wherever  situate,  whether or not income
producing, including but not limited to stock, common or preferred, interests in
registered investment  companies,  including registered investment companies for
which the Trustee or an  affiliate  of the  Trustee  receives  compensation  for
providing custodial, transfer agency, investment advisory or other services (The
Company  acknowledges that interest in such registered  investment companies are
not bank  deposits and are not insured by,  guaranteed  by,  obligations  of, or
otherwise  supported  by the  United  States of  America,  the  Federal  Deposit
Insurance  Corporation,  Mellon Bank,  N.A. or any bank or  government  entity),
bonds and  mortgages,  and  other  evidences  of  indebtedness  (including  debt
securities  underwritten  by the  Trustee  or any  of  its  affiliates,  whether
individually or as a member of a divided or undivided  syndicate),  and deposits
in a bank or other  financial  institution  under state or Federal  supervision,
including  the Trustee's  banking  department,  which bear a reasonable  rate of
interest.  In making such  investment,  the Trustee shall not be a restricted by
any state law or statute designating investments eligible for trust funds.

                (2) To hold uninvested, from time to time, without liability for
interest thereon, such amounts as are necessary for the cash requirements of the
Plan;  and to hold  assets  of the  Trust  in cash  or  equivalents,  government
securities,  or straight debt securities in varying  proportions when and for so
long  as,  in the  opinion  of  the  Trustee,  prevailing  market  and  economic
considerations indicate that it is in the best interest of the Trust to do so.

                (3) To vote upon any stocks, bonds or other securities;  to give
general  or  special  proxies or powers of  attorney  with or  without  power of
substitution,  to exercise any conversion  privileges,  subscription  rights, or
other options, and to make any payments incidental thereto,


                                       5
<PAGE>

to  oppose  or  to  consent  to,  or   otherwise   participate   in,   corporate
reorganizations  or other changes affecting  corporate  securities,  to delegate
discretionary  powers,  and to pay any  assessments  or  charges  in  connection
therewith;  and generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner with respect
to stocks, bonds, securities, or other properties held as part of the Trust.

                (4) To settle,  compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims,
debts,  or damage due or owing to or from the Trust, to commence or defend suits
or legal or administrative proceedings,  and to represent the Trust in all legal
and administrative proceedings, provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be
obligated  to take any action or to appear and  participate  in any action which
would subject it to expense or liability  unless it is first  indemnified  in an
amount and manner satisfactory to it, or its furnished with funds sufficient, in
its sole judgement, to cover the same.

                (5) To purchase,  enter,  sell hold,  and generally  deal in any
manner in and with  contracts for the immediate or future  delivery of financial
instruments of any issuer or of any other property;  the Trustee may also grant,
purchase,  sell,  exercise,  permit to expire,  permit to be held in escrow,  or
otherwise acquire, dispose of, hold and generally deal in any manner with and in
all forms of options or any combination thereof.

                (6)  To  take  all  action   necessary  to  pay  for  authorized
transactions,  including borrowing or raising monies from any lender,  including
the Trustee, in its corporate capacity in conjunction with its duties under this
Agreement and upon such terms and  conditions as the Trustee may deem  advisable
to settle security purchases and securing the repayments thereof by pledging all
or any part of the Account.

                (7)  To  appoint   custodians,   subcustodians   or  subtrustees
(including  affiliates  of the  Trustee),  as to part or all of the  Trust.  The
Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any losses or damages suffered by
the Company arising as a result of the insolvency of any custodian, subcustodian
or  subtrustee,  except to the extent the Trustee was negligent in its selection
or continued retention of such agent.

                (8) To hold property in nominee name, in bearer form, or in book
entry form,  in a  clearinghouse  corporation  or in a depository  (including an
affiliate of the Trustee),  so long as the Trustee's  records  clearly  indicate
that  the  assets  held  are a part  of the  Trust.  The  Trustee  shall  not be
responsible  for any  losses  resulting  from  the  deposit  or  maintenance  of
securities or other property (in accordance  with market  practice,  custom,  or
regulation)  with  any  recognized   clearing   facility,   book-entry   system,
centralized custodial depository, or similar organization.

                (9)  Generally  to  do  all  acts,   whether  or  not  expressly
authorized, which the Trustee may reasonably deem necessary or desirable for the
protection of the Trust.


                                       6
<PAGE>

        (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Company may reserve to
itself the  exclusive  authority  to direct the  Trustee as to the  acquisition,
retention or  disposition  of all or any portion of the assets of the Trust and,
to the extent the Company  reserves  such  authority,  the Trustee  shall not be
responsible for the management and control of such assets other than to serve as
custodian  of them.  Upon  receipt by the  Trustee of a written  notice from the
Company  advising the Trustee that the Company has reserved such authority,  the
Trustee shall,  pursuant to such notice,  invest all or any portion of the Trust
designated  in such  notice  only in  accordance  with the  instructions  of the
Company.  The Trustee shall be under no duty to question any  instruction of the
Company.  Any such instruction may be of continuing  nature or otherwise and may
be changed or revoked in writing by the  Company at any time.  In the absence of
such a written  direction,  the  Trustee  shall  have full  authority  as to the
acquisition,  retention or disposition  of the assets of the Trust.  The Company
may revoke or amend the  investment  powers that it reserves to itself  provided
such revocation or amendment is in writing and is consented to in advance by the
Trustee.

Section 6. Contractual Settlement and Income; Market Practice Settlements.

        (a) In accordance with the Trustee's standard operating  procedure,  the
Trustee  shall credit the Trust with income and maturity  proceeds on securities
on  contractual  payment  date net of any taxes or upon actual  receipt.  To the
extent the Trustee  credits income on contractual  payment date, the Trustee may
reverse such accounting  entries to the contractual  payment date if the Trustee
reasonably believes that such amount will not be received.

        (b) In accordance with the Trustee's standard operating  procedure,  the
Trustee will attend to the settlement of securities transactions on the basis of
either  contractual   settlement  date  accounting  or  actual  settlement  date
accounting. To the extent the Trustee settles certain securities transactions on
the basis of contractual settlement date accounting,  the Trustee may reverse to
the  contractual   settlement  date  any  entry  relating  to  such  contractual
settlement  if the  Trustee  reasonably  believes  that such  amount will not be
received.

        (c)  Settlements  of  transactions   may  be  effected  in  trading  and
processing   practices  customary  in  the  jurisdiction  or  market  where  the
transaction  occurs.  The  Company   acknowledges  that  this  may,  in  certain
circumstances,  require the delivery of cash or securities  (or other  property)
without the  concurrent  receipt of securities  (or other  property) or cash. In
such  circumstances,  the Trustee shall have no responsibility for nonreceipt of
payment (or late payment) or  nondelivery  of  securities or other  property (or
late delivery) by the counterparty.

Section 7. Disposition of Income.

        During the term of this Trust,  all income received by the Trust, net of
expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested.


                                       7
<PAGE>


Section 8. Accounting by the Trustee.

        The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments,
receipts,  disbursements,  and  all  other  transactions  required  to be  made,
including such specific  records as shall be agreed upon between the Company and
the Trustee.  Within ninety (90) days  following the close of each calendar year
and within ninety (90) days after the removal or resignation of the Trustee, the
Trustee shall deliver to the Company and the affected participants in the Plan a
written  account of its  administration  of the Trust during such year or during
the period from the close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal
or resignation, setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other
transactions  effected by it,  including a  description  of all  securities  and
investments  purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such  purchases
or sales  (accrued and showing all cash,  securities  and other property held in
the  Trust  at the  end of  such  year or as of the  date  of  such  removal  or
resignation,  as the case may be. If,  within ninety (90) days after the Trustee
mails to the Company a statement with respect to the Trust,  the Company has not
given the Trustee  written  notice of any  exception or objection  thereto,  the
statement  shall be deemed to have been approved,  and in such case, the Trustee
shall not be liable for any matters  reasonably  apparent  from the face of such
statements.

Section 9. Responsibility of the Trustee.

        (a) The Trustee shall act with the care,  skill,  prudence and diligence
under the  circumstances  then  prevailing  that a prudent person acting in like
capacity  and  familiar  with  such  matters  would  use  in the  conduct  of an
enterprise of a like character and with like aims, provided,  however,  that the
Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action taken  pursuant to
the written direction, request or approval of the Company.

        In the event of a dispute  between the Company  and a third  party,  the
Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to resolve the dispute.

        (b) The Trustee is not a party to, and has no duties or responsibilities
under,  the Plan  other  than  those  that may be  expressly  contained  in this
Agreement. In any case in which a provision of this Agreement conflicts with any
provision in the Plan, this Agreement shall control.

        (c) The  Trustee  shall not be  responsible  for the title,  validity or
genuineness  of any  property  or evidence  of title  thereto  received by it or
delivered by it pursuant to this  Agreement and shall be held harmless in acting
upon any notice,  request,  direction,  instruction,  consent,  certification or
other instrument  believed by it to be genuine and delivered by the proper party
or parties.

        (d) The Company  agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee,  its
parent,  subsidiaries  and  affiliates  and each of their  respective  officers,
directors,  employees  and  agents  from and  against  all  liability,  loss and


                                       8
<PAGE>


expense,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and  expenses  incurred by the
Trustee or any of the foregoing indemnities arising out of or in connection with
this  Agreement,  except as a result of the Trustee's own  negligence or willful
misconduct.   This  indemnification   shall  survive  the  termination  of  this
Agreement.

        (e) If the Trustee  undertakes or defends any  litigation or other claim
or action or  participates in a negotiation  resulting in a settlement  prior to
the  commencement  of  litigation  arising in  connection  with this Trust,  the
Company agrees to indemnify the Trustee against the Trustee's  reasonable costs,
expenses and liabilities  (including,  without  limitation,  attorneys' fees and
expenses)  relating thereto and to be primarily  liable for such payments.  This
provision shall not apply,  however, to any litigation claim or action where the
Trustee's actions are determined to involve fraud, self-dealing or breach of the
Trustee's duties hereunder. If the Company does not pay such costs, expenses and
liabilities in a reasonably  timely manner,  the Trustee may obtain payment from
the Trust.

        (f) The Trustee may consult with legal  counsel (who may also be counsel
for the  Company  generally)  with  respect to any of its duties or  obligations
hereunder  and  shall  have  no  liability  for any  action  or  failure  to act
exclusively in reliance upon the reasonable written advice of such counsel.

        (g) The  Trustee may hire  agents,  accountants,  actuaries,  investment
advisors,  financial  consultants  and  other  professionals  to  assist  it  in
performing any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

        (h) The Trustee shall have, without  exclusion,  all powers conferred on
trustees  by  applicable  law,  unless  expressly   provided  otherwise  herein,
provided, however, that if an insurance policy is held as an asset of the Trust,
Trustee shall have no power to name a  beneficiary  of the policy other than the
Trust,  to assign the policy (as  distinct  from  conversion  of the policy to a
different form) other than to a successor Trustee,  or to loan to any person the
proceeds of any borrowing against such policy.

        (i) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary contained
herein,  the Trustee  shall not be  responsible  or liable for any losses to the
Trust resulting from any event beyond the reasonable control of the Trustee, its
agents or  custodians,  including but not limited to  nationalization,  strikes,
expropriation,  devaluation,  seizure,  or  similar  action by any  governmental
authority,  de facto or de  jure;  or  enactment,  promulgation,  imposition  or
enforcement  by  any  such  governmental  authority  of  currency  restrictions,
exchange  controls,  levies or other charges affecting the Trust's property;  or
the breakdown,  failure or  malfunction  or any utilities or  telecommunications
systems;  or any order or  regulation  of any  banking  or  securities  industry
including changes in market rules and market conditions  affecting the execution
or  settlement  of  transactions;  or acts of war,  terrorism,  insurrection  or
revolution;  or acts of God; or any other  similar  event.  This  Section  shall
survive the termination of this Agreement.

        (j) The Trustee shall not be liable for any act of omission of any other
person in carrying out any responsibility  imposed upon such person and under no


                                        9
<PAGE>


circumstances  shall the Trustee be liable for any indirect,  consequential,  or
special damages with respect to its role as Trustee.

        (k)  Notwithstanding  any powers granted to the Trustee pursuant to this
Trust  Agreement or  applicable  law, the Trustee  shall not have any power that
could give this Trust the  objective  of carrying on a business and dividing the
gains therefrom,  within the meaning of Section  301.7701-2 of the Procedure and
Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Code.

Section 10. Compensation and Expenses of the Trustee.

        The Company shall pay all agreed upon  administrative and Trustee's fees
and  reasonable  expenses.  If not so paid,  the fees and expenses shall be paid
from the Trust.  The Trustee  shall be entitled to fees for services as mutually
agreed. The Company acknowledges that as part of the Trustee's compensation, the
Trustee may earn  interest  on  balances  including  disbursement  balances  and
balances  arising from purchase and sale  transactions.  If the Trustee advances
cash or  securities  to the Trust  for any  purpose,  or in the  event  that the
Trustee  shall  incur  or  be  assessed  taxes,  interest,   charges,  expenses,
assessments,  or other  liabilities in connection  with the  performance of this
Agreement,  except such as may arise from its own  negligent  action,  negligent
failure to act or willful misconduct, any property at any time held in the Trust
Fund shall be security  therefor  and the  Trustee  shall be entitled to collect
from  the  Trust  sufficient  cash  for  reimbursement,  and  if  such  cash  is
insufficient, dispose of the assets of the Trust Fund to the extent necessary to
obtain reimbursement.  To the extent the Trustee advances funds to the Trust for
disbursements  or to the effect the  settlement  of purchase  transactions,  the
Trustee  shall be  entitled  to collect  from the Trust an amount  equal to what
would have been earned on the sums  advanced (an amount  approximating  "federal
funds" interest rate).

Section 11. Resignation and Removal of the Trustee.

        (a) The Trustee may resign at any time by written  notice to the Company
and affected  participants  in the Plan,  which shall be  effective  thirty (30)
calendar  days after  receipt of such notice  unless the Company and the Trustee
agree otherwise.

        (b) The Trustee may be removed by the Company without cause or reason on
sixty (60) calendar days' notice or upon shorter notice accepted by the Trustee.

        (c) Upon  resignation  or removal of the  Trustee and  appointment  of a
successor,  all Trust Assets shall subsequently be transferred to the successor.
The transfer  shall be completed  within ninety (90) calendar days after receipt
of notice of  resignation,  removal or transfer,  unless the Company extends the
time limit.

        (d)  If  the  Trustee  resigns  or is  removed,  a  successor  shall  be
appointed,  in accordance with Section 12 hereof, prior to the effective date of
resignation or removal under Section 11 (a) or (b) above. If no such appointment
has been made,  the Trustee may apply to a court of competent  jurisdiction  for


                                       10
<PAGE>


appointment of a successor or for instructions.  All reasonable  expenses of the
Trustee in connection  with the legal  proceeding for appointment of a successor
shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the Trust.

Section 12. Appointment of Successor.

        (a) If the Trustee  resigns or is removed in accordance  with Section 11
(a) or (b) hereof,  the Company shall appoint a successor,  which successor must
be a corporate  fiduciary  independent of the Company.  The appointment shall be
effective when accepted in writing by the new Trustee, who shall have all of the
rights and powers of the former Trustee, including ownership rights in the Trust
Assets. The former Trustee shall execute any instrument  necessary or reasonably
requested by the Company or the successor Trustee to evidence the transfer.

        (b) The  successor  Trustee need not examine the records and acts of any
prior  Trustee and may retain or dispose of existing  Trust  Assets,  subject to
Section 5 hereof.  The successor  Trustee shall not be responsible  for, and the
Company  shall  indemnify and defend the  successor  Trustee from,  any claim or
liability resulting from any action or inaction of any prior Trustee or from any
other past event,  or any  condition  existing at the time it becomes  successor
Trustee.

Section 13. Amendment or Termination.

        (a) This Trust  Agreement  may be amended  only by a written  instrument
executed by the Trustee and the Company.

        (b) The  Trust  shall  not  terminate  until  the  date on which no Plan
participant  or  beneficiary  is  entitled  to  payments  under the  Plan.  Upon
termination of the Trust, any assets remaining in the Trust shall be returned to
the Company.

Section 14. Miscellaneous.

        (a) Any  provision of this Trust  Agreement  prohibited  by law shall be
ineffective  to the extent of any such  prohibition,  without  invalidating  the
remaining provisions hereof.

        (b) Benefits payable to Plan participants and their  beneficiaries under
this  Trust  Agreement  may not be  anticipated,  assigned  (either at law or in
equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment,
levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.

        (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this
Trust  Agreement,  any  reference to the Plan or Plan  provisions  which require
knowledge or  interpretation of the Plan shall impose a duty upon the Company to
communicate such knowledge or interpretation  to the Trustee.  The Trustee shall


                                       11
<PAGE>


have no  obligation to know or interpret any portion of the Plan and shall in no
way be liable for any proper action taken contrary to the Plan.

        (d)  This  Trust  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in
accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  Commonwealth  of   Pennsylvania.   Met-Pro
Corporation  and Mellon Bank, N.A.  hereby  expressly  waive, to the full extent
permitted  by  applicable  law,  any right to trial by jury with  respect to any
judicial proceeding arising from or related to this Agreement.

        (e) For  purpose  of the  Trust,  Change of  Control  shall be deemed to
occur;

                (1) If any "person" or "group of persons", which person or group
of persons are not part of present  management and are acting in concert (as the
term "person" is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Act")) becomes the  "beneficial  owner" (as defined in
Rule 13 d-3  promulgated  under the Act) directly or indirectly of securities of
the Corporation representing thirty (30%) percent or more of the combined voting
power of the Corporation's then outstanding securities; or

                (2) If at any time there shall be a change in the composition of
the Corporation's  Board of Directors  resulting in a majority of such Directors
as of the date hereof no longer constituting such a majority; provided, however,
that in making any such  determination as to change in composition,  there shall
be  excluded  any  change  where  the  new  Director  was  elected  by  or  upon
recommendation of such present majority; or

                (3) If the approval by the  stockholders of the Corporation of a
reorganization,  merger or  consolidation,  in each case,  with respect to which
persons  who were  stockholders  of the  Corporation  immediately  prior to such
reorganization, merger or consolidation do not, immediately thereafter, own more
than fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the reorganized, merged
or  consolidated  Corporation's  then  outstanding  securities  entitled to vote
generally  in the election of  Directors  or with  respect to a  liquidation  or
dissolution of the  Corporation or the sale of all or  substantially  all of the
Corporation's assets; or

                (4) At any  time  that  the  Board  of  Directors,  in its  sole
discretion,  determines  that a change of control has  occurred,  regardless  of
whether such determination relates to any of the aforementioned events.

                The Company shall have the duty to inform the Trustee in writing
upon the  occurrence  of a Change of Control.  The Trustee  shall be entitled to
conclusively rely upon such written certification of the Company.


                                       12
<PAGE>


Section 15.       Reliance of Representations.

        (a) The Company and the Trustee each  acknowledge that the other will be
relying, and shall be entitled to rely, on the representations, undertakings and
acknowledgments of the other as set forth in this Agreement. The Company and the
Trustee  each agree to notify the other and  affected  participants  in the Plan
promptly if its representations,  undertakings,  or acknowledgments set forth in
this Agreement ceases to be true.

        (b) The Company and the Trustee hereby each represent and warrant to the
other that it has full authority to enter into this Agreement upon the terms and
conditions  hereof and that the  individual  executing  this  Agreement on their
behalf has the requisite to bind the Company and the Trustee to this Agreement.




Attest:                                      Met-Pro Corporation



 /s/ Gary J. Morgan                          By: /s/ William L. Kacin
 --------------------------                     --------------------------------
Secretary                                         William L. Kacin
                                                  Chairman, Chief Executive
                                                  Officer and President


(Corporate Seal)



Attest:                                      Mellon Bank, N.A.



 /s/ Raph C. Phellep                         By: /s/ Christine A. Bloom
 --------------------------                     --------------------------------
Secretary                                       Vice President


(Corporate Seal)











                                       13

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>9
<FILENAME>ex10x.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10.X
<TEXT>
                                                                  Exhibit (10.x)


                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                   DIRECTOR'S RETIREMENT PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT
                                 by and between
                               MET-PRO CORPORATION
                                       and
                                MELLON BANK, N.A.

        THIS AMENDMENT TO THE DIRECTOR'S RETIREMENT PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT is made
and entered into this 24th day of February,  2003 ("Amendment"),  by and between
MET-PRO CORPORATION ("Company") and MELLON BANK, N.A. ("Trustee").

                                   WITNESSETH:

        WHEREAS, Company and Trustee entered into the Director's Retirement Plan
Trust Agreement ("Agreement") on February 11, 2000; and

        WHEREAS,  Company wishes to amend the Agreement to revise the provisions
of Section  1(b) of the  Agreement to  correspond  to Section (b) of the Met-Pro
Pension Restoration and Supplemental  Executive Retirement Plan Trust Agreement;
and

        WHEREAS, Company and Mellon now wish to amend the Agreement to make such
change;

        NOW,  THEREFORE,  the parties hereto,  intending to be legally bound, do
hereby amend the Agreement as follows:

        1.      The definitions set forth above are incorporated  herein by this
                reference thereto.

        2.      Section 1(b) is amended and restated to read as follows:

                "(b)    Upon a Change of Control  (as  defined in Section 14 of
                the Trust),  the  Trustee  shall,  immediately  upon the  Change
                of Control, pay  each Plans participant or beneficiaries thereof
                the benefits  to which Plan participants  or their beneficiaries
                would  be entitled pursuant  to the terms of the Plans as of the
                date on  which the  Change of  Control  occurred  to the  extent
                then funded under the Trust.

                        In the  event a Change of  Control  of the  Company  (as
                defined in  Section  14 of the  Trust)  shall be deemed to occur
                (whenever  such shall  occur,  and  whether or not the  Eligible
                Executive  is then  employed  by the Company or shall be alive),


<PAGE>

                all payments due to the Eligible Executive, his surviving spouse
                of other  beneficiary  under the Plans shall be accelerated  and
                immediately  paid in a lump sum payment in an amount  determined
                in accordance with the provisions of the Plans."

        3.      Except as set forth herein, the Agreement is hereby ratified and
                confirmed and remains in full force and effect.

        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto,  each intending to be legally
bound hereby,  have  executed this  Amendment as of the day and year first above
written.  The parties hereby each represent and warrant to the other that is has
full  authority  to approve  and adopt this  Amendment  and that the  individual
executing  this  Amendment  on its behalf has the  requisite  authority  to bind
Company or Trustee to this Amendment.

MELLON BANK, N.A.                           MET-PRO CORPORATION

By:                                         By: /s/ Raymond J. De Hont
    ------------------------                    -----------------------
Name:                                       Name: Raymond J. De Hont
     -----------------------                     ----------------------
Title:                                      Title: President
       ---------------------                       --------------------





</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>10
<FILENAME>ex10y.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10.Y
<TEXT>


                                                                  Exhibit (10.y)

AMENDMENT NO. 2 made effective the 24th day of February, 2003 (this "Amendment")
to DIRECTORS'  RETIREMENT  PLAN TRUST  AGREEMENT  made the 11th day of February,
2000,  by  and  between  Met-Pro   Corporation,   a  Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"), and Mellon Bank, N.A. ("Trustee").

                                   WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS,  the Company and Trustee are party to an agreement entitled "Directors'
Retirement Plan Trust  Agreement" (the "Trust  Agreement")  made the 11th day of
February, 2000 that established a Trust (as defined therein) with respect to the
Company's Directors' Retirement Plan (the "Plan").

WHEREAS,  the  Company  and  Trustee  reserved  the  power to amend the Trust by
written instrument under Section 13(a) of the Trust Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Company and Trustee now desires to amend the Trust Agreement to the
extent and upon the terms set forth in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

        1.      All terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have such
                meaning as is ascribed to them in the Trust Agreement.

        2.      Section  1(b) of the  Trust  Agreement  is  hereby  restated  as
                follows:

                "(b)    Immediately  prior to a Change of Control (as defined in
                        Section 14 of the Trust  Agreement),  the Company  shall
                        contribute  to the Trust that amount  necessary to fully
                        fund all benefits  under the Plan without  regard to the
                        lump sum limitations provided for by Section 4(d) of the
                        Plan, and the Trustee shall, immediately upon receipt of
                        such   contribution,   pay  each  Plan   participant  or
                        beneficiary   thereof   the   benefits   to  which  Plan
                        participants   or  their   beneficiaries   are  entitled
                        pursuant  to the  terms  of the  Plan as of the  date on
                        which the Change of Control occurred."

        3.      Section  13(a) of the  Trust  Agreement  is hereby  restated  as
                follows:

                "(a)    This Trust  Agreement  may be amended  only by a written
                        instrument  executed  by the  Trustee  and the  Company;
                        provided,  however, that no such amendment may adversely
                        affect any right or interest of any Plan  participant or
                        beneficiary."

        4.      The Company agrees that should it fail to cure any breach of its
                obligations  under  this  Trust  Agreement  in less than 30 days


<PAGE>

                after  receiving  written notice of same from any beneficiary of
                the Trust,  the Company (i) shall, on the 31st day following the
                date of such written notice, make an irrevocable contribution to
                the Trust in the amount  provided  for in  Section  1(b) of this
                Trust  Agreement,  exactly  as if a Change of  Control  had then
                occurred,  and  (ii)  shall  be  liable  to pay  the  reasonable
                attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by any such beneficiary in
                filing suit and prosecuting  such claims should such beneficiary
                be the prevailing party in such litigation.

        5.      Except  to  the  extent  expressly  set  forth  herein  in  this
                Amendment,  the Trust  Agreement is unmodified and in full force
                and effect.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  their duly  authorized
officers to execute this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.


MET-PRO CORPORATION

BY:/s/ Raymond J. De Hont                   ATTEST: /s/ Gary J. Morgan
   --------------------------------                 ----------------------------
                                                              Secretary


MELLON BANK, N.A.

BY:                                         ATTEST:
   --------------------------------                 ----------------------------
                                                              Secretary



</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>11
<FILENAME>ex10z.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10.Z
<TEXT>
                                                                  Exhibit (10.z)


 Met-Pro Corporation Pension Restoration and Supplemental Executive Retirement
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Plan Trust Agreement
                              --------------------

        This Met-Pro Corporation Pension Restoration and Supplemental  Executive
Retirement Plan Trust Agreement (the "Trust Agreement") is made this 11th day of
February, 2000, by and between Met-Pro Corporation,  a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and Mellon Bank, N.A. (the "Trustee").

                                   WITNESSETH:

        WHEREAS,  the  Company  adopted  the  Met-Pro  Corporation  Supplemental
Executive  Retirement Plan and the Met-Pro Corporation Pension Restoration Plan,
(individually,  a "Plan"  and  collectively,  the  "Plans"),  a copy of which is
attached hereto; and

        WHEREAS,  the Company  wishes to establish  this trust (the  "Trust") to
fund its  obligations  under the Plans,  with the assets held in the Trust to be
subject  to the  claims of the  Company's  creditors  in the  event the  Company
becomes  Insolvent  (as  defined  in  Section  3(a))  until  paid  to the  Plans
participants  or  their  beneficiaries  in  such  manner  and at such  times  as
specified in the Plans.

        WHEREAS,  it is the  intention  of the  parties  that this  Trust  shall
constitute an unfunded  arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plans
as unfunded plans maintained for the purpose of providing deferred  compensation
for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of
Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; and

        WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Company to make contributions to the
Trust to provide the Trust with a source of funds to assist it in the meeting of
the Company's liabilities under the Plans;

         NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust and agree
that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:

Section 1. Establishment of Trust.

        (a) The  initial  principal  of the  Trust,  together  with  any  future
contributions  to the Trust and any other assets held in the Trust, and earnings
thereon, are collectively  referred to herein as the "Trust Assets". The Company
shall make  contributions  to the Trust in cash or other property  acceptable to
the Trustee.  The Trustee shall hold,  administer and distribute Trust Assets as
provided  in this  Trust  Agreement.  The  Company  shall have the sole duty and
responsibility  for the  determination  of the  accuracy or  sufficiency  of the
contributions to be made under the Plans.


                                       1
<PAGE>


        (b) Upon a Change of Control  (as  defined in Section 14 of the  Trust),
the  Trustee  shall,  immediately  upon the  Change of  Control,  pay each Plans
participants or beneficiaries thereof the benefits to which Plan participants or
their  beneficiaries  would be entitled pursuant to the terms of the Plans as of
the date on which the Change of Control occurred to the extent then funded under
the Trust.

        In the event a Change of Control of the  Company  (as defined in Section
14 of the  Trust)  shall be deemed to occur  (whenever  such  shall  occur,  and
whether or not the Eligible  Executive is then  employed by the Company or shall
be alive), all payments due to the Eligible  Executive,  his surviving spouse or
other beneficiary under the Plans shall be accelerated and immediately paid in a
lump sum payment in an amount  determined in accordance  with the  provisions of
the Plans.

        (c)  The  Trust  hereby  established  shall  be  irrevocable  except  as
explicitly provided to the contrary in Section 3 or 4.

        (d) The Trust is intended to be a "grantor trust",  of which the Company
is the grantor,  within the meaning of subpart E; part I,  subchapter J, chapter
1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and
shall be construed accordingly.

        (e)  The  Trust  Assets  shall  be used  exclusively  to  discharge  the
Company's  obligations  under the Plans,  except as provided to the  contrary in
Section 3 or 4 hereof.  Neither any Plan  participant  nor  beneficiary  thereof
shall have a preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any of
the Trust Assets.  Each Plans  participants'  rights to benefits under the Plans
and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured  contractual rights against the
Company.  Trust  Assets  are  subject  to the  claims of the  Company's  general
creditors  to the extent  provided  under  federal  and state law if the Company
becomes Insolvent.

        (f) The Company  represents and warrants to Trustee that the Plan is not
covered under Title I of ERISA.

        (g) The Company's  Chief  Financial  Officer or such Officer's  designee
shall have authority to act for the Company under this Trust Agreement.

Section 2. Payments to Plan Participants.

        (a) Pending the  Company's  funding of the Trust,  the Company shall pay
all benefits to the Plans participants as they become due under the Plans. After
the Trust is funded, the Company may continue to make payment directly.  In such
case,  the  Company  shall  notify the Trustee of its  decision to make  payment
directly prior to the time payment is due. In addition, if at any time the Trust
Assets are not  sufficient to make payment in  accordance  with the terms of the
Plans,  the Company shall make the balance of each such payment as it falls due.
The Trustee  shall notify the Company and affected  participants  in the Plan if
Trust Assets are not sufficient to make a scheduled payment.


                                       2
<PAGE>


        (b) After the Company  funds the Trust,  in advance of the time that any
amounts are payable under the Plans,  the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a
schedule  (the  "Payment   Schedule")   that  indicates  with  respect  to  each
Participant (i) the amounts payable or provides a formula or other  instructions
acceptable to the Trustee for determining the amounts so payable,  (ii) the form
in which  such  amount is to be paid,  and (iii)  the time of  commencement  and
duration for payment of such amounts.  Except as otherwise provided herein, upon
direction of the Company,  the Trustee shall make  payments in  accordance  with
such Payment Schedule.

        It is the intent of the Company and the Trustee  that the Company  shall
be responsible for  determining  and effecting all federal,  state and local tax
aspects of the Plans and the Trust,  including  without  limitation income taxes
payable on the Trust's  income,  if any, any required  withholding  of income or
other payroll  taxes in  connection  with the payment of benefits from the Trust
pursuant to the Plans,  and all reporting  required in connection  with any such
taxes.  To the extent that the Company is required by  applicable  law to pay or
withhold  such  taxes  or to file  such  reports,  such  obligation  shall  be a
responsibility  allocated to the Company, as the case may be, hereunder.  To the
extent the Trustee is required by  applicable  law to pay or withhold such taxes
or to  file  such  reports,  the  Company  shall  inform  the  Trustee  of  such
obligation,  shall direct the Trustee with  respect to the  performance  of such
obligations and shall provide the Trustee with all  information  required by the
Trustee to meet such obligations.

        (c) The  entitlement of a Plan  participant  or  beneficiary  thereof to
benefits  under the Plans shall be determined by the Company or such party as it
shall  designate  under the  Plans,  and any claim  for such  benefits  shall be
considered and reviewed under the procedures set out in the Plans.

Section 3.   The   Trustee's   Responsibility   Regarding   Payments   to  Trust
             Beneficiaries when the Company is Insolvent.

        (a) The Trustee shall cease payment to the Plans  participants  or their
beneficiaries if the Company becomes Insolvent.  The Company shall be considered
"Insolvent" for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) if the Company is unable
to pay its debts as they  become due or (ii) the Company is subject to a pending
proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

        (b) At all times during the continuance of this Trust,  the Trust Assets
shall be subject to claims of general creditors of the Company.

                (1) The  Company  shall have the duty to inform the  Trustee and
affected  participants in the Plan in writing if the Company becomes  Insolvent.
If a person  claiming to be a creditor of the Company  alleges in writing to the
Trustee  that the Company has become  Insolvent,  the  Trustee  shall  determine
whether the Company is Insolvent and,  pending such  determination,  the Trustee
shall discontinue  payment to the Plans participants and  beneficiaries.  In all


                                       3
<PAGE>

cases,  the  Trustee  shall be entitled  to  conclusively  rely upon the written
certification  of the Board of Directors or the Chief  Executive  Officer of the
Company when determining whether the Company is Insolvent.

                (2) Unless the Trustee has actual  knowledge that the Company is
Insolvent or has received  notice from the Company or a person  claiming to be a
creditor  alleging the Company is  Insolvent,  the Trustee shall have no duty to
inquire whether the Company is Insolvent.  The Trustee may in all events rely on
such  evidence  concerning  the  Company's  solvency as may be  furnished to the
Trustee  that  provides  the  Trustee  with a  reasonable  basis  for  making  a
determination concerning the Company's solvency.

                (3) If at any time the Trustee has  determined  that the Company
is Insolvent,  the Trustee shall discontinue  payments to the Plans participants
and their  beneficiaries  and shall hold the Trust Assets for the benefit of the
Company's  general  creditors.  Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way
diminish any rights of the Plans participants and their  beneficiaries to pursue
rights as a general  creditor of the Company  with respect to payments due under
the Plans.

                (4) The Trustee shall resume payments in accordance with Section
2 of this Trust Agreement only after the Trustee has determined that the Company
is not Insolvent (or no longer Insolvent).

        (c)  Provided  that  there  are  sufficient   assets,   if  the  Trustee
discontinues  the payment of benefits  from the Trust  pursuant to Section 3 (a)
hereof and subsequently resumes such payments,  the first payment following such
discontinuance  shall  include the  aggregate  amount of all payments due to the
Plans participants or their  beneficiaries  under the terms of the Plans for the
period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount of any payments made to
them by the Company in lieu of the payments  provided for  hereunder  during any
such  period of  discontinuance,  plus  interest  at the prime rate of  interest
announced from time to time by the Trustee.

Section 4. Payments to the Company.

        Except as provided in Section 3 hereof,  the Company shall have no right
or power to direct the  Trustee to return to the  Company or to divert to others
any of the Trust Assets before all payments  required  under the Plans have been
made to the Plans participants and their beneficiaries.

Section 5. Investment and Other Authority.

        The  Company  and the  Trustee may  formulate  investment  policies  and
standards for the investment of the Trust,  which shall be broad  guidelines and
shall not  restrict  the  Trustee's  investment  discretion  with respect to the
selection of Trust assets.  Subject to the preceding sentence, the Trustee shall
have the powers described below:

        (a) The Trustee may invest and reinvest the  principal and income of the
Trust and keep it invested, without distinction between principal and income, in

                                       4
<PAGE>


any  security  or  property  as it,  in its sole  discretion,  deems  advisable;
provided,  however,  that in no event may the Trustee  invest in (i)  securities
(including  stock or  rights to  acquire  stock)  or  obligations  issued by the
Company,  other than a de minimis amount held in common  investment  vehicles in
which the Trustee invests, (ii) any asset settled or held in safekeeping outside
of the United  States,  or (iii) real estate.  For this  purpose,  "real estate"
includes, but is not limited to, real property,  leaseholds,  mineral interests,
and any form of asset  which is  secured  by any of the  foregoing.  All  rights
associated  with  assets of the Trust shall be  exercised  by the Trustee or the
person  designated by the Trustee,  and shall in no event be  exercisable  by or
rest with the Participants.

        (b) The Trustee may invest in securities  (including  stock or rights to
acquire stock) or obligations issued by the Trustee.  All rights associated with
assets of the Trust shall be  exercised by Trustee or the person  designated  by
Trustee,  and  shall in no  event  be  exercisable  by or rest  with  the  Plans
participants. The Company shall have the right at anytime, and acceptable to the
Trustee from time to time, in its sole discretion, to substitute assets of equal
fair market value for any asset held by the Trust.  This right is exercisable by
Company in a nonfiduciary capacity without the approval or consent of any person
in a fiduciary capacity.

        (c) In carrying out its responsibilities under Section 5, the Trustee is
authorized:

                (1) To invest and reinvest the funds received hereunder, and any
accretions  thereto,  without  distinction between principal and income, in such
securities or in such other property,  wherever  situate,  whether or not income
producing, including but not limited to stock, common or preferred, interests in
registered investment  companies,  including registered investment companies for
which the Trustee or an  affiliate  of the  Trustee  receives  compensation  for
providing custodial, transfer agency, investment advisory or other services (The
Company  acknowledges that interest in such registered  investment companies are
not bank  deposits and are not insured by,  guaranteed  by,  obligations  of, or
otherwise  supported  by the  United  States of  America,  the  Federal  Deposit
Insurance  Corporation,  Mellon Bank,  N.A. or any bank or  government  entity),
bonds and  mortgages,  and  other  evidences  of  indebtedness  (including  debt
securities  underwritten  by the  Trustee  or any  of  its  affiliates,  whether
individually or as a member of a divided or undivided  syndicate),  and deposits
in a bank or other  financial  institution  under state or Federal  supervision,
including  the Trustee's  banking  department,  which bear a reasonable  rate of
interest.  In making such  investment,  the Trustee shall not be a restricted by
any state law or statute designating investments eligible for trust funds.

                (2) To hold uninvested, from time to time, without liability for
interest thereon, such amounts as are necessary for the cash requirements of the
Plans;  and to hold  assets  of the  Trust  in cash or  equivalents,  government
securities,  or straight debt securities in varying  proportions when and for so
long  as,  in the  opinion  of  the  Trustee,  prevailing  market  and  economic
considerations indicate that it is in the best interest of the Trust to do so.


                                       5
<PAGE>


                (3) To vote upon any stocks, bonds or other securities;  to give
general  or  special  proxies or powers of  attorney  with or  without  power of
substitution,  to exercise any conversion  privileges,  subscription  rights, or
other  options,  and to make any payments  incidental  thereto,  to oppose or to
consent to, or otherwise  participate  in,  corporate  reorganizations  or other
changes affecting corporate securities, to delegate discretionary powers, and to
pay any  assessments  or charges  in  connection  therewith;  and  generally  to
exercise  any  of  the  powers  of an  owner  with  respect  to  stocks,  bonds,
securities, or other properties held as part of the Trust.

                (4) To settle,  compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims,
debts,  or damage due or owing to or from the Trust, to commence or defend suits
or legal or administrative proceedings,  and to represent the Trust in all legal
and administrative proceedings, provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be
obligated  to take any action or to appear and  participate  in any action which
would subject it to expense or liability  unless it is first  indemnified  in an
amount and manner satisfactory to it, or its furnished with funds sufficient, in
its sole judgement, to cover the same.

                (5) To purchase,  enter,  sell hold,  and generally  deal in any
manner in and with  contracts for the immediate or future  delivery of financial
instruments of any issuer or of any other property;  the Trustee may also grant,
purchase,  sell,  exercise,  permit to expire,  permit to be held in escrow,  or
otherwise acquire, dispose of, hold and generally deal in any manner with and in
all forms of options or any combination thereof.

                (6)  To  take  all  action   necessary  to  pay  for  authorized
transactions,  including borrowing or raising monies from any lender,  including
the Trustee, in its corporate capacity in conjunction with its duties under this
Agreement and upon such terms and  conditions as the Trustee may deem  advisable
to settle security purchases and securing the repayments thereof by pledging all
or any part of the Account.

                (7)  To  appoint   custodians,   subcustodians   or  subtrustees
(including  affiliates  of the  Trustee),  as to part or all of the  Trust.  The
Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any losses or damages suffered by
the Company arising as a result of the insolvency of any custodian, subcustodian
or  subtrustee,  except to the extent the Trustee was negligent in its selection
or continued retention of such agent.

                (8) To hold property in nominee name, in bearer form, or in book
entry form,  in a  clearinghouse  corporation  or in a depository  (including an
affiliate of the Trustee),  so long as the Trustee's  records  clearly  indicate
that  the  assets  held  are a part  of the  Trust.  The  Trustee  shall  not be
responsible  for any  losses  resulting  from  the  deposit  or  maintenance  of
securities or other property (in accordance  with market  practice,  custom,  or
regulation)  with  any  recognized   clearing   facility,   book-entry   system,
centralized custodial depository, or similar organization.


                                       6
<PAGE>

                (9)  Generally  to  do  all  acts,   whether  or  not  expressly
authorized, which the Trustee may reasonably deem necessary or desirable for the
protection of the Trust.

        (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Company may reserve to
itself the  exclusive  authority  to direct the  Trustee as to the  acquisition,
retention or  disposition  of all or any portion of the assets of the Trust and,
to the extent the Company  reserves  such  authority,  the Trustee  shall not be
responsible for the management and control of such assets other than to serve as
custodian  of them.  Upon  receipt by the  Trustee of a written  notice from the
Company  advising the Trustee that the Company has reserved such authority,  the
Trustee shall,  pursuant to such notice,  invest all or any portion of the Trust
designated  in such  notice  only in  accordance  with the  instructions  of the
Company.  The Trustee shall be under no duty to question any  instruction of the
Company.  Any such instruction may be of continuing  nature or otherwise and may
be changed or revoked in writing by the  Company at any time.  In the absence of
such a written  direction,  the  Trustee  shall  have full  authority  as to the
acquisition,  retention or disposition  of the assets of the Trust.  The Company
may revoke or amend the  investment  powers that it reserves to itself  provided
such revocation or amendment is in writing and is consented to in advance by the
Trustee.

Section 6. Contractual Settlement and Income; Market Practice Settlements.

        (a) In accordance with the Trustee's standard operating  procedure,  the
Trustee  shall credit the Trust with income and maturity  proceeds on securities
on  contractual  payment  date net of any taxes or upon actual  receipt.  To the
extent the Trustee  credits income on contractual  payment date, the Trustee may
reverse such accounting  entries to the contractual  payment date if the Trustee
reasonably believes that such amount will not be received.

        (b) In accordance with the Trustee's standard operating  procedure,  the
Trustee will attend to the settlement of securities transactions on the basis of
either  contractual   settlement  date  accounting  or  actual  settlement  date
accounting. To the extent the Trustee settles certain securities transactions on
the basis of contractual settlement date accounting,  the Trustee may reverse to
the  contractual   settlement  date  any  entry  relating  to  such  contractual
settlement  if the  Trustee  reasonably  believes  that such  amount will not be
received.

        (c)  Settlements  of  transactions   may  be  effected  in  trading  and
processing   practices  customary  in  the  jurisdiction  or  market  where  the
transaction  occurs.  The  Company   acknowledges  that  this  may,  in  certain
circumstances,  require the delivery of cash or securities  (or other  property)
without the  concurrent  receipt of securities  (or other  property) or cash. In
such  circumstances,  the Trustee shall have no responsibility for nonreceipt of
payment (or late payment) or  nondelivery  of  securities or other  property (or
late delivery) by the counterparty.


                                       7
<PAGE>


Section 7. Disposition of Income.

        During the term of this Trust,  all income received by the Trust, net of
expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested.

Section 8. Accounting by the Trustee.

        The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments,
receipts,  disbursements,  and  all  other  transactions  required  to be  made,
including such specific  records as shall be agreed upon between the Company and
the Trustee.  Within ninety (90) days  following the close of each calendar year
and within ninety (90) days after the removal or resignation of the Trustee, the
Trustee shall deliver to the Company and the affected participants in the Plan a
written  account of its  administration  of the Trust during such year or during
the period from the close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal
or resignation, setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other
transactions  effected by it,  including a  description  of all  securities  and
investments  purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such  purchases
or sales  (accrued and showing all cash,  securities  and other property held in
the  Trust  at the  end of  such  year or as of the  date  of  such  removal  or
resignation,  as the case may be. If,  within ninety (90) days after the Trustee
mails to the Company a statement with respect to the Trust,  the Company has not
given the Trustee  written  notice of any  exception or objection  thereto,  the
statement  shall be deemed to have been approved,  and in such case, the Trustee
shall not be liable for any matters  reasonably  apparent  from the face of such
statements.

Section 9. Responsibility of the Trustee.

        (a) The Trustee shall act with the care,  skill,  prudence and diligence
under the  circumstances  then  prevailing  that a prudent person acting in like
capacity  and  familiar  with  such  matters  would  use  in the  conduct  of an
enterprise of a like character and with like aims, provided,  however,  that the
Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action taken  pursuant to
the written direction, request or approval of the Company.

            In the event of a  dispute  between the Company  and a third  party,
the  Trustee  may  apply to  a court of competent  jurisdiction to  resolve  the
dispute.

        (b) The Trustee is not a party to, and has no duties or responsibilities
under,  the Plans  other  than  those that may be  expressly  contained  in this
Agreement. In any case in which a provision of this Agreement conflicts with any
provision in the Plans, this Agreement shall control.

        (c) The  Trustee  shall not be  responsible  for the title,  validity or
genuineness  of any  property  or evidence  of title  thereto  received by it or
delivered by it pursuant to this  Agreement and shall be held harmless in acting
upon any notice,  request,  direction,  instruction,  consent,  certification or
other instrument  believed by it to be genuine and delivered by the proper party
or parties.


                                       8
<PAGE>

        (d) The Company  agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee,  its
parent,  subsidiaries  and  affiliates  and each of their  respective  officers,
directors,  employees  and  agents  from and  against  all  liability,  loss and
expense,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and  expenses  incurred by the
Trustee or any of the foregoing indemnities arising out of or in connection with
this  Agreement,  except as a result of the Trustee's own  negligence or willful
misconduct.   This  indemnification   shall  survive  the  termination  of  this
Agreement.

        (e) If the Trustee  undertakes or defends any  litigation or other claim
or action or  participates in a negotiation  resulting in a settlement  prior to
the  commencement  of  litigation  arising in  connection  with this Trust,  the
Company agrees to indemnify the Trustee against the Trustee's  reasonable costs,
expenses and liabilities  (including,  without  limitation,  attorneys' fees and
expenses)  relating thereto and to be primarily  liable for such payments.  This
provision shall not apply,  however, to any litigation claim or action where the
Trustee's actions are determined to involve fraud, self-dealing or breach of the
Trustee's duties hereunder. If the Company does not pay such costs, expenses and
liabilities in a reasonably  timely manner,  the Trustee may obtain payment from
the Trust.

        (f) The Trustee may consult with legal  counsel (who may also be counsel
for the  Company  generally)  with  respect to any of its duties or  obligations
hereunder  and  shall  have  no  liability  for any  action  or  failure  to act
exclusively in reliance upon the reasonable written advice of such counsel.

        (g) The  Trustee may hire  agents,  accountants,  actuaries,  investment
advisors,  financial  consultants  and  other  professionals  to  assist  it  in
performing any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

        (h) The Trustee shall have, without  exclusion,  all powers conferred on
trustees  by  applicable  law,  unless  expressly   provided  otherwise  herein,
provided, however, that if an insurance policy is held as an asset of the Trust,
Trustee shall have no power to name a  beneficiary  of the policy other than the
Trust,  to assign the policy (as  distinct  from  conversion  of the policy to a
different form) other than to a successor Trustee,  or to loan to any person the
proceeds of any borrowing against such policy.

        (i) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary contained
herein,  the Trustee  shall not be  responsible  or liable for any losses to the
Trust resulting from any event beyond the reasonable control of the Trustee, its
agents or  custodians,  including but not limited to  nationalization,  strikes,
expropriation,  devaluation,  seizure,  or  similar  action by any  governmental
authority,  de facto or de  jure;  or  enactment,  promulgation,  imposition  or
enforcement  by  any  such  governmental  authority  of  currency  restrictions,
exchange  controls,  levies or other charges affecting the Trust's property;  or
the breakdown,  failure or  malfunction  or any utilities or  telecommunications
systems;  or any order or  regulation  of any  banking  or  securities  industry
including changes in market rules and market conditions  affecting the execution
or  settlement  of  transactions;  or acts of war,  terrorism,  insurrection  or


                                       9
<PAGE>


revolution;  or acts of God; or any other  similar  event.  This  Section  shall
survive the termination of this Agreement.

        (j) The Trustee shall not be liable for any act of omission of any other
person in carrying out any responsibility  imposed upon such person and under no
circumstances  shall the Trustee be liable for any indirect,  consequential,  or
special damages with respect to its role as Trustee.

        (k)  Notwithstanding  any powers granted to the Trustee pursuant to this
Trust  Agreement or  applicable  law, the Trustee  shall not have any power that
could give this Trust the  objective  of carrying on a business and dividing the
gains therefrom,  within the meaning of Section  301.7701-2 of the Procedure and
Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Code.

Section 10. Compensation and Expenses of the Trustee.

        The Company shall pay all agreed upon  administrative and Trustee's fees
and  reasonable  expenses.  If not so paid,  the fees and expenses shall be paid
from the Trust.  The Trustee  shall be entitled to fees for services as mutually
agreed. The Company acknowledges that as part of the Trustee's compensation, the
Trustee may earn  interest  on  balances  including  disbursement  balances  and
balances  arising from purchase and sale  transactions.  If the Trustee advances
cash or  securities  to the Trust  for any  purpose,  or in the  event  that the
Trustee  shall  incur  or  be  assessed  taxes,  interest,   charges,  expenses,
assessments,  or other  liabilities in connection  with the  performance of this
Agreement,  except such as may arise from its own  negligent  action,  negligent
failure to act or willful misconduct, any property at any time held in the Trust
Fund shall be security  therefor  and the  Trustee  shall be entitled to collect
from  the  Trust  sufficient  cash  for  reimbursement,  and  if  such  cash  is
insufficient, dispose of the assets of the Trust Fund to the extent necessary to
obtain reimbursement.  To the extent the Trustee advances funds to the Trust for
disbursements  or to the effect the  settlement  of purchase  transactions,  the
Trustee  shall be  entitled  to collect  from the Trust an amount  equal to what
would have been earned on the sums  advanced (an amount  approximating  "federal
funds" interest rate).

Section 11. Resignation and Removal of the Trustee.

        (a) The Trustee may resign at any time by written  notice to the Company
and affected  participants  in the Plan,  which shall be  effective  thirty (30)
calendar  days after  receipt of such notice  unless the Company and the Trustee
agree otherwise.

        (b) The Trustee may be removed by the Company without cause or reason on
sixty (60) calendar days' notice or upon shorter notice accepted by the Trustee.

        (c) Upon  resignation  or removal of the  Trustee and  appointment  of a
successor,  all Trust Assets shall subsequently be transferred to the successor.
The transfer  shall be completed  within ninety (90) calendar days after receipt
of notice of  resignation,  removal or transfer,  unless the Company extends the
time limit.


                                       10
<PAGE>


        (d)  If  the  Trustee  resigns  or is  removed,  a  successor  shall  be
appointed,  in accordance with Section 12 hereof, prior to the effective date of
resignation or removal under Section 11 (a) or (b) above. If no such appointment
has been made,  the Trustee may apply to a court of competent  jurisdiction  for
appointment of a successor or for instructions.  All reasonable  expenses of the
Trustee in connection  with the legal  proceeding for appointment of a successor
shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the Trust.

Section 12. Appointment of Successor.

        (a) If the Trustee  resigns or is removed in accordance  with Section 11
(a) or (b) hereof,  the Company shall appoint a successor,  which successor must
be a corporate  fiduciary  independent of the Company.  The appointment shall be
effective when accepted in writing by the new Trustee, who shall have all of the
rights and powers of the former Trustee, including ownership rights in the Trust
Assets. The former Trustee shall execute any instrument  necessary or reasonably
requested by the Company or the successor Trustee to evidence the transfer.

        (b) The  successor  Trustee need not examine the records and acts of any
prior  Trustee and may retain or dispose of existing  Trust  Assets,  subject to
Section 5 hereof.  The successor  Trustee shall not be responsible  for, and the
Company  shall  indemnify and defend the  successor  Trustee from,  any claim or
liability resulting from any action or inaction of any prior Trustee or from any
other past event,  or any  condition  existing at the time it becomes  successor
Trustee.

Section 13. Amendment or Termination.

        (a) This Trust  Agreement  may be amended  only by a written  instrument
executed by the Trustee and the Company.

        (b) The  Trust  shall  not  terminate  until  the  date on which no Plan
participant  or  beneficiary  is  entitled  to  payments  under the Plans.  Upon
termination of the Trust, any assets remaining in the Trust shall be returned to
the Company.

Section 14. Miscellaneous.

        (a) Any  provision of this Trust  Agreement  prohibited  by law shall be
ineffective  to the extent of any such  prohibition,  without  invalidating  the
remaining provisions hereof.

        (b) Benefits payable to the Plans  participants and their  beneficiaries
under this Trust Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in
equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment,
levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.


                                       11
<PAGE>


        (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this
Trust  Agreement,  any reference to the Plans or Plan  provisions  which require
knowledge or interpretation of the Plans shall impose a duty upon the Company to
communicate such knowledge or interpretation  to the Trustee.  The Trustee shall
have no obligation to know or interpret any portion of the Plans and shall in no
way be liable for any proper action taken contrary to the Plans.

        (d)  This  Trust  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in
accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  Commonwealth  of   Pennsylvania.   Met-Pro
Corporation  and Mellon Bank, N.A.  hereby  expressly  waive, to the full extent
permitted  by  applicable  law,  any right to trial by jury with  respect to any
judicial proceeding arising from or related to this Agreement.

        (e) For  purpose  of the  Trust,  Change of  Control  shall be deemed to
occur;

                (1) If any "person" or "group of persons", which person or group
of persons are not part of present  management and are acting in concert (as the
term "person" is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Act")) becomes the  "beneficial  owner" (as defined in
Rule 13 d-3  promulgated  under the Act) directly or indirectly of securities of
the Corporation representing thirty (30%) percent or more of the combined voting
power of the Corporation's then outstanding securities; or

                (2) If at any time there shall be a change in the composition of
the Corporation's  Board of Directors  resulting in a majority of such Directors
as of the date hereof no longer constituting such a majority; provided, however,
that in making any such  determination as to change in composition,  there shall
be  excluded  any  change  where  the  new  Director  was  elected  by  or  upon
recommendation of such present majority; or

                (3) If the approval by the  stockholders of the Corporation of a
reorganization,  merger or  consolidation,  in each case,  with respect to which
persons  who were  stockholders  of the  Corporation  immediately  prior to such
reorganization, merger or consolidation do not, immediately thereafter, own more
than fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the reorganized, merged
or  consolidated  Corporation's  then  outstanding  securities  entitled to vote
generally  in the election of  Directors  or with  respect to a  liquidation  or
dissolution of the  Corporation or the sale of all or  substantially  all of the
Corporation's assets; or

                (4) At any  time  that  the  Board  of  Directors,  in its  sole
discretion,  determines  that a change of control has  occurred,  regardless  of
whether such determination relates to any of the aforementioned events.

        The Company  shall have the duty to inform the  Trustee in writing  upon
the  occurrence  of a Change  of  Control.  The  Trustee  shall be  entitled  to
conclusively rely upon such written certification of the Company.


                                       12
<PAGE>

Section 15. Reliance of Representations.

        (a) The Company and the Trustee each  acknowledge that the other will be
relying, and shall be entitled to rely, on the representations, undertakings and
acknowledgments of the other as set forth in this Agreement. The Company and the
Trustee  each agree to notify the other and  affected  participants  in the Plan
promptly if its representations,  undertakings,  or acknowledgments set forth in
this Agreement ceases to be true.

        (b) The Company and the Trustee hereby each represent and warrant to the
other that it has full authority to enter into this Agreement upon the terms and
conditions  hereof and that the  individual  executing  this  Agreement on their
behalf has the requisite to bind the Company and the Trustee to this Agreement.






















                                       13

<PAGE>






Attest:                                    Met-Pro Corporation



/s/ Gary J. Morgan                         By: /s/ William L. Kacin
- -------------------------                     ----------------------------------
Secretary                                      William L. Kacin
                                               Chairman, Chief Executive
                                               Officer and President


(Corporate Seal)



Attest:                                    Mellon Bank, N.A.



 /s/ Ralph C. Phellep                      By: /s/ Christine A. Bloom
- -------------------------                     -------------------------------
Secretary                                     Vice President


(Corporate Seal)





                                       14

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>12
<FILENAME>ex10aa.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10.AA
<TEXT>
                                                                 Exhibit (10.aa)

AMENDMENT NO. 1 made effective the 24th day of February, 2003 (this "Amendment")
to  PENSION  RESTORATION  AND  SUPPLEMENTAL   EXECUTIVE  RETIREMENT  PLAN  TRUST
AGREEMENT  made  the  11th  day  of  February,  2000,  by  and  between  Met-Pro
Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),  and Mellon Bank,  N.A.
("Trustee").

                                    WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS,  the Company and Trustee are party to an  agreement  entitled  "Pension
Restoration and  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement Plan Trust  Agreement" (the
"SERP Trust  Agreement") made the 11th day of February,  2000 that established a
Trust (as defined  therein)  with respect to the Company's  Pension  Restoration
Plan and Supplemental  Executive  Retirement Plan  (collectively the "Plans" and
each a "Plan").

WHEREAS,  the  Company and  Trustee  reserved  the power to amend the SERP Trust
Agreement by written instrument under Section 13(a) of the SERP Trust Agreement.

WHEREAS,  the Company and Trustee now desires to amend the SERP Trust  Agreement
to the extent and upon the terms set forth in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

    1.  All terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have such meaning
        as is ascribed to them in the SERP Trust Agreement.

    2.  Section 1(b) of the SERP Trust Agreement is hereby restated as follows:

        "(b) Immediately prior to a Change of Control (as defined in  Section 14
             of the Trust Agreement),  the Company shall contribute to the Trust
             that amount necessary to fully fund all benefits under the Plan and
             the Trustee shall,  immediately upon receipt of such  contribution,
             pay each Plan  participant or  beneficiary  thereof the benefits to
             which  Plan  participants  or  their   beneficiaries  are  entitled
             pursuant  to the  terms of the  Plan as of the  date on  which  the
             Change of Control occurred."

    3.  Section 13(a) of the Trust Agreement is hereby restated as follows:

        "(a) This Trust  Agreement may be amended  only by a written  instrument
             executed by the Trustee and the Company; provided, however, that no
             such  amendment may  adversely  affect any right or interest of any
             Plan participant or beneficiary."

<PAGE>


    4.  The  Company  agrees  that  should  it fail to cure  any  breach  of its
        obligations  under the SERP Trust  Agreement  in less than 30 days after
        receiving  written notice of same from any beneficiary of the Trust, the
        Company  will  be  liable  to pay the  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and
        expenses incurred by any such beneficiary in filing suit and prosecuting
        such claims  should such  beneficiary  be the  prevailing  party in such
        litigation.

    5.  Except to the extent  expressly set forth herein in this Amendment,  the
        SERP Trust Agreement is unmodified and in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto,  hereunder bound, do hereby execute this
Amendment as of the day and year first above written.


MET-PRO CORPORATION

BY: Raymond J. De Hont                          ATTEST: Gary J. Morgan
   ------------------------                            -------------------------
                                                          Secretary

MELLON BANK, N.A.

BY:                                             ATTEST:
   ------------------------                            -------------------------
                                                          Secretary

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-23
<SEQUENCE>13
<FILENAME>ex23.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 23
<TEXT>
                                                                    Exhibit (23)



                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our
report dated  February 21, 2003  included or  incorporated  by reference in this
annual  report on Form  10-K,  into the  Company's  previously  filed:  Form S-8
Registration Statement,  File Number 333-44471; Form S-3 Registration Statement,
File  Number  333-13929;  and  Form  S-3  Registration  Statement,  File  Number
333-74481.




                                                    /s/ Margolis & Company P.C.
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                    Margolis & Company P.C.
                                                    Certified Public Accountants





Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania
April 11, 2003



</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-99
<SEQUENCE>14
<FILENAME>ex99_1.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 99.1
<TEXT>
                                                                  Exhibit (99.1)



                               MET-PRO CORPORATION


                            CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
                             18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
                             AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
                  SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002




In  connection  with the Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the  fiscal  year ended
January  31,  2003 of  Met-Pro  Corporation  (the  "Company")  as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Raymond
J. De Hont,  Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company,  certify,  pursuant to 18
U.S.C.  Section 1350, as adopted  pursuant to Section 906 of the  Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, that:


(1)     The Report fully  complies  with the  requirements  of Section  13(a) or
        15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)     The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
        respects,  the  financial  condition  and results of  operations  of the
        Company.




/s/ Raymond J. De Hont
- --------------------------------
Raymond J. De Hont
Chief Executive Officer
April 28, 2003





</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-99
<SEQUENCE>15
<FILENAME>ex99_2.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 99.2
<TEXT>
                                                                  Exhibit (99.2)



                               MET-PRO CORPORATION


                            CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
                             18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
                             AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
                  SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002




In  connection  with the Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the  fiscal  year ended
January  31,  2003 of  Met-Pro  Corporation  (the  "Company")  as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Gary J.
Morgan, Chief Financial Officer of the Company,  certify,  pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted  pursuant to Section 906 of the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act of
2002, that:


(1)     The Report fully  complies  with the  requirements  of Section  13(a) or
        15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)     The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
        respects,  the  financial  condition  and results of  operations  of the
        Company.




/s/ Gary J. Morgan
- --------------------------------
Gary J. Morgan
Chief Financial Officer
April 28, 2003





</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
</SEC-DOCUMENT>
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----